a 2568531461 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
a 1240879631 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 2567532066 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 65053 65 View the selections in the dialogue made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 34403 a0 Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2567384578 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 35159 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
5 40975 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
5 39056 a0 Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2567532076 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
a 2568793618 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
9 701698564 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 41185 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
9 815469081 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
9 701567491 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 40972 65 View the selections in the dialogue made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 33837 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
5 34402 65 View the selections in the dialogue made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2568285728 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
a 2567515672 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
a 1428722180 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 2568285718 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 41203 a0 Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 1087558147 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 40974 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
5 34205 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
a 2567319056 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 65054 a0 Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2568531464 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 33158 52 Resets the values visible in the dialogue back to the default installation values.
a 2568531481 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 41204 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
5 33157 9b Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialogue.
9 700748339 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 34405 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
5 40973 a0 Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 2568531484 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 65058 a0 Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
a 1401557506 45 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialogue.
a 2567335438 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
9 780784136 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 1493537386 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
9 815452708 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 41202 65 View the selections in the dialogue made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2568793614 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
9 701682180 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567089672 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
a 2567106056 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
9 878432869 52 Resets the values visible in the dialogue back to the default installation values.
5 34202 a0 Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
9 780816904 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
9 701583875 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568531471 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 34572 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
a 1352520196 40 Resets modified values back to the $[officename] default values.
9 815469076 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
a 2567908866 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
a 2567908867 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
a 2568531474 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
9 701649412 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567524870 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
9 956846595 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2568285708 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 34203 65 View the selections in the dialogue made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2568786436 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 65057 65 View the selections in the dialogue made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
a 2567106101 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 34325 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
5 65055 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
a 2567908865 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
5 39055 65 View the selections in the dialogue made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 53427 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 65059 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
a 2567328260 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 2567384577 fd Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialogue to its original size.
a 2567311876 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
9 701665796 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
5 34322 65 View the selections in the dialogue made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
5 41205 42 Clicking Cancel closes a dialogue without saving any changes made.
9 780800520 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
a 1085657602 52 Resets the values visible in the dialogue back to the default installation values.
5 33831 35 Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY 99 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a security query appears before objects are deleted.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 2d Copies the selected element to the clipboard.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_FOLDER 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
5 39868 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
5 33368 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
4 5962 9f Allows you to activate the automatic Help Agent. You can also activate the Help Agent through $[officename] - General - Help Agent in the Options dialogue box.
13 .uno%3AHelperDialog 9f Allows you to activate the automatic Help Agent. You can also activate the Help Agent through $[officename] - General - Help Agent in the Options dialogue box.
4 5403 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
4 5404 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
a 1343767042 5e Specifies whether to retain the original colours of the JPEG file when importing or exporting.
a 1343772673 8d Sets the quality for the import/export. The value 1 denotes minimum quality and minimal file size, 100 denotes maximum quality and file size.
a 1343766528 43 Defines the settings for the import/export of files in JPEG format.
a 1343767041 46 Specifies whether to export or import a graphic object in a greyscale.
33 goodies%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT%3AMTF_SIZEX 14 Specifies the width.
a 1341980672 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
33 goodies%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT%3AMTF_SIZEY 15 Specifies the height.
33 goodies%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET%3AMTF_SIZEX 14 Specifies the width.
a 1341987330 15 Specifies the height.
27 goodies%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
27 goodies%3AModalDialog%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT 39 Defines the settings for SVM/WMF/PICT/MET export options.
31 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET%3ARB_SIZE 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
a 1341981185 1a Retains the original size.
31 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT%3ARB_SIZE 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
a 1341981186 21 Specifies whether to modify size.
35 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET%3ARB_ORIGINAL 1a Retains the original size.
35 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPCT%3ARB_ORIGINAL 1a Retains the original size.
33 goodies%3AMetricField%3ADLG_EXPORT_EMET%3AMTF_SIZEY 15 Specifies the height.
a 1341987329 14 Specifies the width.
5 27167 53 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of approximately 16 million colours.
a 1341970945 1a Specifies the image width.
a 1341968385 66 Allows you to define the resolution for an image. Select the desired DPI from the Resolution list box.
5 27162 44 Allows the object to be converted to a grid of black and white dots.
a 1341964801 1a Retains the original mode.
19 .uno%3AConvertToTrueColor 53 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of approximately 16 million colours.
5 27165 77 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 grey scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
5 27161 91 Converts the object to black and white. All brightness levels below the middle value become black, while all above the middle value become white.
19 .uno%3AConvertTo4BitGrays 76 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 grey scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
1d .uno%3AConvertTo1BitThreshold 91 Converts the object to black and white. All brightness levels below the middle value become black, while all above the middle value become white.
a 1341967873 55 In the Colour Resolution list you will find the following colour resolution variants:
a 1341964288 3b Defines the import/export settings for files in BMP format.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo1BitMatrix 44 Allows the object to be converted to a grid of black and white dots.
a 1341970946 1b Specifies the image height.
a 1341965315 35 Applies RLE (Run Length Encoding) to the BMP graphics
a 1341964802 66 Allows you to define the resolution for an image. Select the desired DPI from the Resolution list box.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo4BitColors 74 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 colours that match the original colours as closely as possible.
19 .uno%3AConvertTo8BitGrays 77 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 grey scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
a 1341964803 38 Allows you modify the image size by a given measurement.
5 27163 76 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 grey scale tones corresponding to the brightness of the original.
1a .uno%3AConvertTo8BitColors 75 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 colours that match the original colours as closely as possible.
5 27166 75 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 256 colours that match the original colours as closely as possible.
5 27164 74 Allows the object to be converted to a palette of 16 colours that match the original colours as closely as possible.
34 goodies%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT_GIF%3ACBX_INTERLACED 42 Specifies whether to use interlaced mode for saving the GIF image.
35 goodies%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT_GIF%3ACBX_TRANSLUCENT b7 Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Eyedropper to set the transparent colour in the picture.
a 1494175242 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
a 1494172685 bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
a 1494175751 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
a 1494175749 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
a 1494175241 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
a 1494172684 2b Exports all data fields with a fixed width.
a 1494699548 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
a 1494696976 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
a 1494698001 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
a 1494696978 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
a 1494696980 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
a 1494699526 3c Specifies the character set to be used in the imported file.
a 1494696979 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
a 1494696974 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
a 1494700053 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
a 1494702090 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
a 1494696975 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
a 1494696461 27 Select the separator used in your data.
a 1494696460 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
a 1494695936 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
a 1087308291 72 Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.
a 1087307776 66 The Warning Print Options dialogue appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.
a 1087308289 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
a 1087308290 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
a 1343849473 40 Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.
a 1343854593 be Specifies the compression setting from 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). The calculation time increases with the compression value, while the resulting file is smaller in bytes.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_LEVEL2 74 Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports coloured bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
3c goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_COMPRESSION_NONE 32 Specifies that you do not wish to use compression.
31 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_COLOR 1b Exports the file in colour.
35 goodies%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ACB_PREVIEW_TIFF 6a Specifies whether a preview image is exported in the TIFF format together with the actual PostScript file.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_LEVEL1 8c Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.
3b goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_COMPRESSION_LZW dd LZW compression is the compression of a file into a smaller file using a table-based lookup algorithm invented by Abraham Lempel, Jacob Ziv, and Terry Welch. If you choose to activate this, select the LZW encoding option.
35 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ARB_GRAYSCALE 24 Exports the file in greyscale tones.
35 goodies%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPS%3ACB_PREVIEW_EPSI 6c Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPBM%3ARB_ASCII 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
30 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPGM%3ARB_RAW 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
30 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPPM%3ARB_RAW 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPPM%3ARB_ASCII 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
30 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPBM%3ARB_RAW 5a Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a (ASCII) text file.
32 goodies%3ARadioButton%3ADLG_EXPORT_EPGM%3ARB_ASCII 52 Exports the file in the ASCII text format. This file type is larger than a binary.
a 1404846603 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
a 1404849669 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
a 1404849667 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
a 1404849671 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
a 1404846602 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
a 1404846601 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
5 33833 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
5 33830 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
5 33835 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
5 33828 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
5 33829 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
5 39869 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
5 53421 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
5 53419 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
5 53413 3a Opens a dialogue where you can save the selected graphics.
5 53420 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
5 53417 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
5 53422 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
5 53423 1b Disables inserted plug-ins.
5 35060 1f Displays the name of the theme.
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 33 Creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 38 Creates a new spreadsheet document ($[officename] Calc).
5 33360 52 Creates a new $[officename] document. Click the arrow to select the document type.
d .uno%3ANewDoc 57 If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates and Documents.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 1e Creates a new XForms document.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 66 Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). The Presentation Wizard dialogue appears.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 95 Opens the Business Cards dialogue where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
4 5537 25 Creates a new $[officename] document.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 34 Creates a new formula document ($[officename] Math).
b slot%3A5500 4d Creates a new document using an existing template or opens a sample document.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 94 Opens the Labels dialogue where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 1c Creates a new HTML document.
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 25 Creates a new $[officename] document.
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 1e Creates a new master document.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 34 Creates a new drawing document ($[officename] Draw).
5 32993 28 Moves up one folder level, if available.
5 32995 3e Displays the properties for the selected template or document.
5 32996 38 Allows you to preview the selected template or document.
a 1342771724 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
5 32992 32 Moves back to the previous window in the dialogue.
5 32994 29 Prints the selected template or document.
a 1342771723 3b Adds, removes, or rearranges templates or sample documents.
5 32990 af Categories are shown in the box on the left side of the Templates and Documents dialogue. Click a category to display the files associated with that category in the Title box.
5 32991 c7 Lists the available templates or documents for the selected category. Select a template or document and, then click Open. To preview the document, click the Preview button above the box on the right.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 43 Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.
5 21051 43 Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.
5 54839 23 Creates a new document for editing.
9 909689354 23 Prints labels on individual sheets.
9 909689353 22 Prints labels on continuous paper.
9 909692434 86 Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box.
5 53182 3f Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label.
9 909692428 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
9 909692423 55 Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label.
9 909692421 4b Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label.
9 909692430 eb Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom label format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
9 909700627 86 Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box.
9 909691395 5a Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field.
9 909689858 66 Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the Label text box is overwritten.
9 909711883 a3 Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
9 909711375 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page.
9 909709843 30 Saves the current label or business card format.
9 909711875 8b Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
a 1446645763 22 Enter or select the desired brand.
a 1446643717 1d Enter or select a label type.
9 909711377 5a Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page.
9 909711885 98 Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
9 909711879 6f Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
9 909711877 c8 Displays the distance between the upper edge of a label or a business card and the upper edge of the label or the business card directly below. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
5 53185 1d Set paper formatting options.
9 909711881 6c Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
a 1983500820 71 Copies the contents of the top left label or business card to the remaining labels or business cards on the page.
9 909726216 21 Opens the Printer Setup dialogue.
9 909722113 31 Creates a full page of  labels or business cards.
5 53183 6f Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronisation and printer settings.
9 909722114 32 Prints a single label or  business card on a page.
9 909722635 af Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button.
9 909727749 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to have in a row on your page.
9 909727751 58 Enter the number of rows of labels or business cards that you want to have on your page.
5 21052 2a Design and create your own business cards.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 2a Design and create your own business cards.
5 54924 dd Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom size format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
5 54921 2a Prints business cards on continuous paper.
5 54923 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
5 54922 2b Prints business cards on individual sheets.
5 54918 67 Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list.
9 879185413 4d Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list.
9 879216687 1c Enter your cellphone number.
9 879216707 4c Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
9 879216708 4b Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
9 879216683 23 Enter the title of your profession.
9 879216693 30 Enter the name of the country in which you live.
9 879216691 2c Enter the address of your internet homepage.
9 879216686 21 Enter your home telephone number.
9 879216706 4d Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
9 879233071 1c Enter your cellphone number.
9 879233081 21 Enter additional company details.
9 879233083 21 Enter the slogan of your company.
9 879233077 3d Enter the name of the country where your business is located.
9 879233075 36 Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.
9 879233070 25 Enter your business telephone number.
5 33017 5e If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.
5 33290 4b Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.
a 1342050821 4a Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialogue.
5 33016 21 Opens the file in read-only mode.
b .uno%3AOpen 18 Opens or imports a file.
4 5501 18 Opens or imports a file.
5 33095 44 Displays the files and directories in the directory that you are in.
a 1342017059 7b Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the directory.
5 32999 3f To delete a file, right-click the file, and then choose Delete.
5 33294 7a Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL that starts with the protocol name ftp, http, or https.
a 1342025742 61 Move up one directory in the directory hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level directories.
5 32998 18 Opens or imports a file.
a 1342025743 31 Displays the files in the default user directory.
a 1342050820 3e Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialogue.
a 1342050822 23 Click to delete all selected files.
5 33286 7a Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL that starts with the protocol name ftp, http, or https.
a 1342025227 18 Creates a new directory.
5 33000 3f To rename a file, right-click the file, and then choose Rename.
5 33291 1b Selects the indicated path.
5 33292 27 Enter or select the path from the list.
a 1311477279 3c Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
4 5503 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
4 5505 1b Saves the current document.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Saves the current document.
5 33011 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
5 33009 f Saves the file.
5 33004 31 Displays the files in the default user directory.
5 33003 18 Creates a new directory.
5 33013 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
4 5502 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
5 33002 61 Move up one directory in the directory hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level directories.
5 33005 44 Displays the files and directories in the directory that you are in.
d .uno%3ASaveAs 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
5 33007 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
5 33012 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
5 33008 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
5 33014 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
4 5829 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
4 5535 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
9 541181964 61 Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents.
9 541181962 1f Enter a title for the document.
9 541181966 ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
9 541182488 2d Enter comments to help identify the document.
5 33076 34 Contains descriptive information about the document.
9 541200958 a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
9 541197361 92 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
9 541198387 17 Displays the file name.
5 33077 32 Contains basic information about the current file.
9 541364830 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
9 541214740 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
5 33393 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
9 541214742 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
9 541214736 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
5 33078 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
9 541214738 ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
5 53173 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
9 957628416 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
9 541344321 5c Loads a page that you specify after the number of seconds that you enter in the seconds box.
9 541344319 24 User must refresh the page manually.
9 541347913 6f If the current HTML page uses frames, select the name of the target frame where you want the file to be loaded.
9 541348426 3b Locate the file that you want to open, and then click Open.
9 541349955 40 Enter the number of seconds to wait before the page is reloaded.
5 33092 37 Sets the refresh and redirect options for an HTML page.
9 541345836 38 Enter the URL address of the file that you want to open.
9 541344320 87 Reloads the HTML page after the number of seconds that you enter in the seconds box. To observe the result, open the page in a browser.
9 541349958 57 Enter the number of seconds to wait before redirecting the browser to a different file.
5 33396 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 33399 16 Re-enter the password.
5 33397 16 Re-enter the password.
5 33401 50 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Changes - Record.
5 33398 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 33400 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
5 33402 d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organise and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
5 33173 47 Prints the name and properties of the styles that are used in the file.
5 33361 71 Uses the selected template as the default template when you create a new $[officename] document of the same type.
10 .uno%3AOrganizer 65 Opens the Template Management dialogue where you can organise templates and define default templates.
5 33175 22 Updates the contents of the lists.
5 33362 5c Select a $[officename] document type to reset the default template to the original template.
5 33104 9d Displays the available template categories or opened $[officename] files. To change the contents of the list, select Templates or Documents in the box below.
a 1107423337 48 Contains commands for managing and editing your templates and documents.
5 33171 96 Imports an additional template. To import a template, select a template folder in the list, click the Command button, and then select Import template.
5 33168 20 Creates a new template category.
a 1107414530 5a Select Templates or Documents to change the contents that are displayed in the list above.
5 33172 1e Exports the selected template.
5 33174 3f Changes the printer and its settings for the selected document.
5 33169 1e Deletes the current selection.
4 5540 65 Opens the Template Management dialogue where you can organise templates and define default templates.
a 1107415556 4d Locate a file that you want to add to the document list, and then click Open.
a 1107414539 5a Select Templates or Documents to change the contents that are displayed in the list above.
5 33170 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
5 33103 9d Displays the available template categories or opened $[officename] files. To change the contents of the list, select Templates or Documents in the box below.
a 1107415555 4d Locate a file that you want to add to the document list, and then click Open.
4 6655 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
a 1343819779 2d Select the data source for your address book.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
a 1343820292 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
a 1343819782 2c Select the data table for your address book.
5 32997 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
a 1107398148 28 Lists the available template categories.
a 1107396615 1e Enter a name for the template.
a 1107398146 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
4 5538 29 Saves the current document as a template.
a 1107399188 56 Opens the Template Management dialogue where you can organise or create new templates.
a 1107399180 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3d Opens a dialogue where you can select a template for editing.
4 5594 3d Opens a dialogue where you can select a template for editing.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
a 1104003592 38 For handouts, enable to print in a vertical order first.
a 1104003591 3a For handouts, enable to print in a horizontal order first.
32 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3AProperties 6c Opens the printer properties dialogue. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
20 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AOK 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
a 1346159629 76 Prints to a file instead of to a printer. When this option is enabled, the Print button is renamed to Print to file...
a 1346159127 86 Enables the selected cells to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialogue, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
2e .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3ACopies 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
a 1346159126 87 Enables the selected sheets to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialogue, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
4 5504 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
33 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3APrinterList f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 38 Prints only the pages that you specify in the Pages box.
5 32868 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
2f .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AJobPage%3ACollate 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
a 1346159135 1b Prints the entire document.
2e .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 1b Prints the entire document.
a 1104006659 45 Select whether you want to print Slides, Handouts, Notes, or Outline.
a 1104006661 45 For handouts, select the number of slides to print per page of paper.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
a 1346162178 f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
a 1346159125 7e Enables all sheets to be printed. In the "Print range" area of the dialogue, you can restrict this output to some given pages.
a 1346160673 c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
a 1346142208 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
a 1346146819 4f Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.
4 5302 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
a 1346145794 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
13 .uno%3APrinterSetup 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 83 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 80 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.
4 5331 7e Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
f .uno%3ASendMail 7e Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
5 54929 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 20004 b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
5 33006 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 54930 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
5 54932 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
13 .uno%3ANewGlobalDoc b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
4 5300 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
b .uno%3AQuit 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
4 5309 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
a 1112705550 7f Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialogue, you cannot edit the comment.
a 1112686592 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
4 6583 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
a 1112687619 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
a 1112691205 1d Deletes the selected version.
a 1112691202 aa Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialogue before you save the new version.
a 1112691217 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
a 1112691213 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
a 1112691206 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
4 6697 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
4 5701 a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
5 33874 a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3AUndo a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
4 5700 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
5 33870 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3ARedo 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
d .uno%3ARepeat 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
4 5702 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
4 5710 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
a .uno%3ACut 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
b .uno%3ACopy 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
4 5711 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
c .uno%3APaste 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
5 59001 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
4 5712 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
5 35201 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
a 1493434911 0 
a 1493435412 0 
a 1493435417 0 
a 1493434919 0 
15 .uno%3AInsertContents 0 
5 26265 0 
a 1493434907 0 
a 1493435427 0 
a 1493434910 0 
a 1493435425 0 
a 1493435415 0 
a 1493435418 0 
a 1598049799 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
a 1493435413 0 
15 .uno%3APasteClipboard 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
a 1493434908 0 
a 1493434909 0 
a 1493435433 0 
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
a 1493435414 0 
a 1493434917 0 
a 1493435426 0 
a 1493435416 0 
a 1493434918 0 
10 .uno%3ASelectAll 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
4 5723 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
4 5720 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
a 2311664159 60 Shows more or fewer search options. Click this button again to hide the extended search options.
a 2311652377 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
5 10291 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311652400 a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
a 2311651897 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
a 2311655956 63 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.
a 2311654967 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulae and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulae that contain 'SUM'.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
a 2311651898 30 Searches from top to bottom through the columns.
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
a 2311655988 7b Click in the Search for or the Replace with box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
a 2311655960 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
a 2311655959 66 Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence.
a 2311652411 43 Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.
a 2311654924 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
a 2311652378 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
a 2311652399 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
a 1368769544 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
17 .uno%3ASearchProperties 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311655985 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
4 5961 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311654929 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
a 2311652393 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
a 2311652398 cf Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.
a 1368773123 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
a 1368769545 a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
a 2311652394 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
a 2311655435 56 Enter the text that you want to search for, or select a previous search from the list.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
a 2311655440 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
a 2311652395 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
a 1237964817 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
a 1237964821 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
a 2311655981 2a Set the options for the similarity search.
a 1237964819 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
a 2311652396 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
a 1237959695 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
5 35069 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
5 35070 89 Find terms that are similar to the Search for text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to define the similarity options.
a 2311655986 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
5 35102 32 Select the attributes that you want to search for.
5 35104 32 Select the attributes that you want to search for.
a 2311655987 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
5 53013 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
5 53012 ba Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialogue is opened.
5 53031 90 Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
5 53020 b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
5 53033 14 Updates all indexes.
5 53035 15 Updates all contents.
5 53029 3c Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.
5 53034 12 Updates all links.
5 53015 a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
5 53024 ba Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialogue is opened.
5 53017 3c Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.
5 53030 27 Creates and inserts a new sub-document.
5 53032 26 Updates the contents of the selection.
5 53014 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
5 53075 32 Changes the link properties for the selected file.
5 53023 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
5 53022 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
5 53025 2e Deletes the selection from the Navigator list.
5 53016 3a Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.
5 53026 41 Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.
11 .uno%3ALinkDialog c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
5 26060 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
a 1598067235 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
10 .uno%3AEditLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
5 20109 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
5 35202 6a Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialogue where you can select another object for this link.
a 1598063146 d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
a 1598067238 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
a 1598067237 2d Change the source file for the selected link.
a 1598063147 37 Only updates the link when you click the Update button.
5 27005 c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
4 6314 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
14 .uno%3APlugInsActive 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
4 5575 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
5 27282 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
a 1598216202 e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
a 1598214663 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
a 1598212102 a7 Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the ... button and locate the file that you want to display.
a 1598210573 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
a 1598210580 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
a 1598212100 7b Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).
a 1598210574 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
a 1598211094 1c Applies the default spacing.
a 1598210578 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
a 1598216200 dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
a 1598210575 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
5 33871 53 Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
5 33866 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
5 33857 33 Applies the changes that you made to the image map.
5 33856 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
5 33859 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
5 33858 b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
5 33862 5b Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
5 33869 b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
a 2318700545 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
15 .uno%3AImageMapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
5 33865 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
5 33864 22 Deletes the selected anchor point.
5 10371 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
5 33868 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
a 2318698497 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
5 33872 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
5 33867 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
5 33861 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
5 33860 0 
5 33863 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
2a SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_NAME 1b Enter a name for the image.
29 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_URL 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
34 SVX_MULTILINEEDIT_RID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL_EDT_DESCRIPTION 24 Enter a description for the hotspot.
31 SVX%3ACOMBOBOX%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3ACBB_TARGETS a0 Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognised by all browsers from the list.
26 SVX%3AMODALDIALOG%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
34 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL%3AEDT_URLDESCRIPTION 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 48 Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
5 21825 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
13 .uno%3ATrackChanges 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
5 26238 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
5 26084 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
5 58946 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
19 .uno%3AShowTrackedChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 26239 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 21826 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
5 35145 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 26259 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 21827 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
1c .uno%3ACommentChangeTracking 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3ACommentChange 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
5 26258 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
1b .uno%3AAcceptTrackedChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
5 21829 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
5 33934 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
5 53056 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 21837 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 33933 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 58987 31 Lists the date and time that the change was made.
5 33935 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 58989 82 Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.
5 53053 4a Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.
5 33931 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 53050 2f Sorts the list according to the type of change.
5 53052 2e Sorts the list according to the date and time.
5 53051 27 Sorts the list according to the Author.
5 21838 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
5 33932 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
5 58988 33 Lists the comments that are attached to the change.
5 58990 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
5 33930 24 Accept or reject individual changes.
5 33927 b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
5 58986 23 Lists the user who made the change.
5 58985 31 Lists the changes that were made in the document.
5 33915 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33909 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33918 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
5 33919 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
5 33913 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
5 33920 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33911 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33914 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33921 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
a 2568973840 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33908 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
a 2569006604 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33912 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33917 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
5 33924 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33916 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
5 33922 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33925 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
5 33910 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
4 6587 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
4 6586 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
5 65100 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
5 65117 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 73 Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.
5 65097 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65119 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65095 a5 Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.
5 65096 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65090 bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
5 65108 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 4b Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options.
5 65098 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65113 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65105 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 1b Deletes the current record.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 47 To display all of the records in a table, click the Remove Filter icon.
5 65103 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65106 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65110 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 37793 24 Go to the first record in the table.
5 65101 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65107 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 37795 23 Go to the next record in the table.
5 65099 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 10610 1c Deletes the selected record.
5 37796 23 Go to the last record in the table.
5 65102 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65125 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organise records in the bibliography database.
5 65094 6a Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
5 37794 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
5 65109 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65118 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65112 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65116 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65104 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c .uno%3ABibliographyComponent 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organise records in the bibliography database.
5 37798 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
5 65114 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 37797 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 35 Select the data source for the bibliography database.
5 10880 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organise records in the bibliography database.
5 65111 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 65115 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
5 10000 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
5 33888 33 Displays the document at two times its actual size.
b .uno%3AZoom 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
5 33892 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
a 1237582353 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
2a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_SINGLE 56 The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side.
27 SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_ED_USER 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
5 33890 30 Displays the document at 75% of its actual size.
2a SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_ED_COLUMNS 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
5 33886 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
5 30264 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
2b SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_COLUMNS 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
5 33893 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
25 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_CHK_BOOK 83 In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number.
28 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_USER 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
a 1237582354 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
a 1237582352 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
5 33889 31 Displays the document at half of its actual size.
5 33887 3e Displays the document at one and a half times its actual size.
2d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_ZOOM_BTN_AUTOMATIC 59 The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows.
a 1237582355 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
a 1237582351 45 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at .
a 1237588500 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
5 33891 45 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at .
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 20 Shows or hides the Standard Bar.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 3b Shows or hides the Input Method Engine (IME) status window.
4 6680 3b Shows or hides the Input Method Engine (IME) status window.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 1d Shows or hides the Tools bar.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
4 5920 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
4 5931 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 7b Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button.
5 33150 7d In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys CommandCtrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.
4 5627 7b Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen On/Off button.
13 .uno%3AColorControl 8e Show or hides the Colour Bar. To modify or change the colour table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colours tab.
5 10417 8e Show or hides the Colour Bar. To modify or change the colour table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colours tab.
5 33775 14c Click the colour that you want to use. To change the fill colour of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a colour. To change the line colour of the selected object, right-click a colour. To change the colour of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a colour.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility ab Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behaviour. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
4 6698 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
5 11101 12 Inserts a comment.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 12 Inserts a comment.
5 11100 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
5 22501 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
5 11097 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
5 22502 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
5 22500 1b Delete the current comment.
5 11094 1b Delete the current comment.
5 26478 1b Delete the current comment.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
5 10330 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
5 10331 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 84 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialogue is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
5 10332 84 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialogue is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
5 10503 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
a 1237749279 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
a 1237750292 4b Clears the current selection of special characters that you want to insert.
5 35033 4a Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click OK.
d .uno%3ABullet 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
a 1237749260 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 34 Inserts special characters from the installed fonts.
16 .uno%3AInsertHyperlink 6b Shows or hides the Hyperlink Bar, where you can insert and edit URLs or search the Internet using keywords.
5 10360 6b Shows or hides the Hyperlink Bar, where you can insert and edit URLs or search the Internet using keywords.
5 33345 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
5 33970 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
15 HID_IMPGRF_CB_PREVIEW 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
5 33344 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
5 10241 2c Inserts a picture into the current document.
5 33018 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 2c Inserts a picture into the current document.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 62 Inserts an object into your document. For movies and sounds, use Insert - Movie and Sound instead.
4 5561 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
13 .uno%3AInsertPlugin 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
4 5672 2c Inserts a plug-in into the current document.
4 5676 2f Inserts a sound file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertSound 2f Inserts a sound file into the current document.
12 .uno%3AInsertVideo 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
4 5677 2f Inserts a video file into the current document.
5 26063 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
5 27106 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
11 .uno%3AInsertMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
4 5563 c4 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file. Floating frames are not supported by Netscape Navigator 4.x.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame c4 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file. Floating frames are not supported by Netscape Navigator 4.x.
4 6660 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
5 26335 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 38 Select the source for a picture that you want to insert.
16 .uno%3AResetAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3ASetDefault 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 10456 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 26296 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 20469 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
5 26067 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
5 10296 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
9 704631208 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630898 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704630400 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704630380 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704636532 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704631210 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704630888 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704636522 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704630702 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704630886 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630390 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
9 704636844 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704630906 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
9 704630896 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
5 35180 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
9 704630908 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
9 704636542 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
9 704646900 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
5 35181 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
9 704646886 26 Select the colour for the underlining.
9 704646898 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
c .uno%3AColor d2 Click to apply the current font colour to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text colour. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font colour toolbar.
9 704646858 98 Sets the colour for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text colour is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
9 704646878 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
9 704646882 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
9 704644817 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
5 10537 d2 Click to apply the current font colour to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text colour. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font colour toolbar.
9 704646884 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
9 704644327 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
9 704630414 98 Sets the colour for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text colour is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
9 704646861 e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
9 704644816 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
9 704646880 25 Select the colour for the overlining.
5 10017 d2 Click to apply the current font colour to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text colour. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font colour toolbar.
10 .uno%3AFontColor d2 Click to apply the current font colour to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text colour. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font colour toolbar.
9 704646863 e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
9 701384718 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
5 35140 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701384732 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
9 701388822 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
5 35142 23 Deletes the selected number format.
9 701388824 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
9 701386273 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701383705 33 Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.
9 701383706 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
9 701386253 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected fields.
5 35103 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
5 35141 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
5 20445 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
9 701386249 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
5 35098 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
9 701383714 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
9 878364724 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878367292 3e Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
9 878366264 c1 Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
9 878366781 71 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.
5 20314 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878364738 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
5 53190 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
9 878366266 c3 Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
9 878364736 3a Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.
9 878367291 3c Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.
9 704666428 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
9 704660804 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
9 704666420 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
9 704666417 9e Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.
9 704663361 b2 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text. For expanded or condensed spacing, enter the amount that you want to expand or condense the text in the by box.
9 704660786 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
9 704660271 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
9 704660270 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
9 704660269 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
9 704666435 65 Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the character spacing for the selected text.
5 10294 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
5 35182 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
5 10295 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
9 704677265 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
9 704679838 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
9 704679836 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
9 704726530 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
9 704726535 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
9 704726532 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
16 .uno%3AParagraphDialog 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
4 5550 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
5 10297 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
9 700815883 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
9 700815887 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
5 35148 3d Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.
9 700815893 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
9 700815914 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
9 700815895 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).
9 700812840 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
9 700815885 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
9 700815915 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
9 700810288 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
9 700753418 fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimetre, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
9 700744212 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
9 700744233 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
9 700745773 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700745756 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
9 700744236 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700748338 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
9 700744218 63 Aligns the decimal point of a number to the centre of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
9 700744234 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
9 700744214 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
5 35175 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
9 700744232 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
9 700744235 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
9 700748340 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
9 700744216 2e Aligns the centre of the text to the tab stop.
9 700799522 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
5 35129 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
9 700796437 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
9 700799546 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
9 700799544 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
5 35130 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
9 700796438 47 Select the line colour that you want to use for the selected border(s).
5 35131 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
9 700799542 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
9 700799540 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
9 700796452 1f Select a colour for the shadow.
9 700793915 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
5 33897 74 Click a colour. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting colour. Click Automatic to reset a font colour.
9 700727835 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
5 35126 25 Set the background colour or graphic.
5 35127 64 Click the colour that you want to use as a background. To remove a background colour, click No Fill.
9 700727834 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
9 700731924 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
9 700733988 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
9 700730914 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
9 700728342 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
5 35128 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
9 700728343 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
9 700727833 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
9 700730912 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
9 700730881 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
9 703775264 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
9 703775795 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703775263 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
9 878218796 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703778354 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 877874749 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703778396 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 703775262 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
9 703775265 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
5 35161 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
9 704616980 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
9 704610839 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
9 704616975 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
9 704616981 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
9 704616978 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
9 704614934 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
9 704616974 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
9 704616979 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
9 704616977 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
9 704610840 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
9 704616976 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
9 541246476 b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
9 541249030 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
9 541248011 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
9 541249028 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
5 33074 27 Set the options for the selected style.
9 541249032 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
9 541247490 a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
9 701124146 81 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Width boxes.
9 701124126 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
9 701121607 31 Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.
9 701124116 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
9 701127183 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
9 701121608 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
9 701124158 dd Select the Paragraph Style that you want to use as a reference for lining up the text on the selected Page style. The height of the font that is specified in the reference style sets the spacing of the vertical page grid.
9 701127222 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
9 701121075 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
5 35143 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
9 701124154 ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
9 701127179 e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
9 701127185 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
9 701124132 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
9 701121076 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
9 701127181 e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
9 701121596 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
9 701127224 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
9 701121606 33 Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.
9 701154326 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
9 701159948 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
9 701154314 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
9 701159950 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
5 58908 18 Add or edit header text.
9 701154324 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
5 33824 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
9 701157928 4e Defines a border, a background colour, or a background pattern for the header.
9 701159953 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the header.
9 701154319 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
9 701159955 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the header.
9 701143566 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
5 33823 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
9 701137940 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
9 701137935 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
9 701137942 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
9 701143564 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
9 701137930 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
9 701143571 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
5 58909 18 Add or edit footer text.
9 701143569 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
9 701141544 4e Defines a border, a background colour, or a background pattern for the footer.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
5 10917 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
5 10915 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
5 10914 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
5 10912 40 Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 40 Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 40 Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.
5 10913 40 Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.
5 10916 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
a 2315372561 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315372560 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
a 2315372558 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315372554 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
4 6656 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
a 2315374103 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
a 2315374105 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
a 2315372556 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
a 2315374083 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
a 2315372557 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
a 2315372559 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
a 2315375108 60 Opens the Styles and Formatting window where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
a 2315372555 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 10131 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 20475 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 26371 a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
16 .uno%3AObjectAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
5 10132 a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the horizontal centre of the page.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the horizontal centre of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the horizontal centre of the page.
5 20477 a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the horizontal centre of the page.
5 10133 a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
5 20476 a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
17 .uno%3AObjectAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
5 20478 ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
5 10134 ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
e .uno%3AAlignUp ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the vertical centre of the page.
5 20480 a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the vertical centre of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignMiddle a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the vertical centre of the page.
5 10135 a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the vertical centre of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
5 10136 b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
5 20479 b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
5 10028 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
5 10029 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
5 10030 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
5 10031 cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
5 20506 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
5 20505 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
5 20585 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 3a Centers the contents of the cell horizontally in the cell.
5 20586 3a Centers the contents of the cell horizontally in the cell.
5 20587 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
5 10009 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
5 10008 a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
d .uno%3AItalic a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
5 26648 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
5 10014 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
5 10013 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
5 10010 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 60 Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
5 20583 60 Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
5 10034 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
5 10035 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
5 10036 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
5 20582 63 Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 63 Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.
a 1111805953 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
4 5555 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
18 .uno%3AStyleNewByExample 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
a 1425344513 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
5 59896 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
5 27027 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
5 53076 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
10 .uno%3ANameGroup 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
5 21614 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
a 1238632450 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
5 26088 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
a 1238681603 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
a 1238682116 e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
5 21615 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
5 27033 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
5 26094 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
5 10143 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
9 701548037 4e Places the centre of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
5 10171 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
9 701548036 4e Places the centre of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
9 701547521 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or centre an arrowhead.
11 .uno%3AXLineStyle 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
9 701550082 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
9 701550083 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
5 10172 1d Select a colour for the line.
9 701553157 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
9 701558810 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
9 701553154 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
9 701550084 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
9 701550081 1d Select a colour for the line.
9 701553175 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
5 35172 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
5 10169 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
9 701553153 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
9 701547544 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
9 701553155 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
11 .uno%3AXLineColor 1d Select a colour for the line.
9 701553174 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
10 .uno%3ALineWidth 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
9 701569025 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
9 701569540 1d Enter the length of the dash.
9 701574661 1e Imports a list of line styles.
9 701567489 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
a 1238599681 d Enter a name.
9 701563905 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
9 701574662 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
9 701566467 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
9 701567490 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
9 701569537 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
5 35173 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
9 701569539 1d Enter the length of the dash.
9 701569026 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
9 701566465 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
9 701566466 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
9 701591045 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
9 701583874 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
5 35171 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
9 701581313 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
9 701583873 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
9 701591046 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
9 701582849 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
5 10142 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
9 701628935 61 Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
5 10164 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
9 701628934 63 Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
9 701629956 2d Tiles the bitmap to fill the selected object.
9 701635075 33 Enter the percentage to offset the rows or columns.
9 701635077 1e Enter a height for the bitmap.
9 701632002 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701632022 58 Click the colour that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.
9 701632003 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701629953 fd Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the Width and Height boxes . Clear this checkbox to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the Width and Height boxes.
5 35165 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
9 701635074 30 Enter the vertical offset for tiling the bitmap.
9 701635076 1d Enter a width for the bitmap.
9 701629958 8d Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, clear this checkbox, and then click Relative.
9 701632001 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701634561 4b Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colours of the gradient.
9 701629955 5e Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colours of the gradient.
9 701629957 5a Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, clear the Tile box.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
9 701635073 32 Enter the horizontal offset for tiling the bitmap.
9 701632004 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
9 701629461 6f Applies a background colour to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a colour in the list.
9 701689350 43 Saves the current list of gradients, so that you can load it later.
9 701684225 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
9 701684227 cb Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To box.
9 701681154 31 Select a colour for the endpoint of the gradient.
9 701682177 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
9 701684226 cf Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To box.
9 701684230 9f Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint colour on the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To box.
9 701684229 72 Enter the intensity for the colour in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.
9 701689349 23 Load a different list of gradients.
9 701681155 3d Select the type of gradient that you want to apply or create.
5 35170 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
9 701682179 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
9 701681156 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
9 701681153 38 Select a colour for the beginning point of the gradient.
9 701684228 74 Enter the intensity for the colour in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.
9 701651459 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
5 35101 4e Click a position in the grid to define the rotation angle for the hatch lines.
9 701648385 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
9 701648388 6c Lists the available hatching patterns. Click the hatching pattern that you want to apply, and then click OK.
9 701649411 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
9 701656581 2c Loads a different list of hatching patterns.
9 701649409 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
9 701648387 25 Select the colour of the hatch lines.
5 35167 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
9 701656582 4b Saves the current list of hatching patterns, so that you can load it later.
9 701651457 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
9 701664769 55 Select a foreground colour, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.
5 35168 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
9 701665793 49 Adds a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor to the current list.
9 701665795 97 Replaces a bitmap that you created in the Pattern Editor with the current bitmap pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
9 701664771 33 Select a background colour for your bitmap pattern.
9 701665794 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
9 701672966 41 Saves the current list of bitmaps, so that you can load it later.
9 701672965 22 Loads a different list of bitmaps.
9 701664772 5b Select a bitmap in the list, and then click OK to apply the pattern to the selected object.
5 35169 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
9 701716993 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
5 35166 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
5 10299 c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
9 701713930 1f Select a colour for the shadow.
9 701717003 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
9 701711874 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
9 701602310 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
9 701602311 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
9 701602313 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701602309 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
9 701596168 1e Turns off colour transparency.
9 701596169 8d Turns on colour transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701602308 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
9 701596170 75 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill colour. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
9 701602314 6f Adjusts the transparency of the current fill colour. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
9 701602312 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
9 701599235 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
5 27281 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
5 35176 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
9 703219201 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
9 703224323 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.
9 703219207 56 Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.
9 703224321 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
9 703219203 46 Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.
9 703219206 59 Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.
5 35177 36 Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.
9 703224322 79 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.
9 703219205 54 Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.
9 703219202 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
9 703219204 41 Anchors the text to the full width of the drawing or text object.
9 703224324 7a Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.
5 10087 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
9 702142993 26 Enter a width for the selected object.
5 35097 f2 Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the Position Y and Position X boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.
9 702142984 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
9 702142983 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
9 702139944 0 
9 702139939 0 
9 702137366 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
9 702142994 27 Enter a height for the selected object.
9 702137902 26 Prevents you from resizing the object.
9 702137901 44 Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.
9 702137869 39 Resizes the text to fit the width of the selected object.
5 35093 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
9 702137868 3a Resizes the text to fit the height of the selected object.
9 701504008 4d Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.
9 701504007 50 Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.
5 35095 3f Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.
5 35096 1c Rotates the selected object.
9 701504019 48 Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.
5 35094 2e Click where you want to place the pivot point.
5 35100 4a Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
9 701520413 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
9 701520403 22 Enter the angle of the slant axis.
9 703175171 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
9 703175169 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
9 703169537 3d Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.
9 703172099 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
9 703172097 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
9 703172098 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
5 35137 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
9 703175170 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 36 Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
1b .uno%3AObjectMirrorVertical 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
5 26065 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
5 27034 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
11 .uno%3AMirrorHorz 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
5 27035 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
5 26066 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
17 .uno%3AArrangeFrameMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
5 27022 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
12 .uno%3AArrangeMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
5 10286 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
e .uno%3AForward 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
5 20522 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
5 27031 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
5 20523 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
5 27032 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
f .uno%3ABackward 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
5 10287 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
5 10283 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
5 10282 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
5 20350 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
5 26410 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
5 20351 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
5 26411 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
5 20366 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
5 20384 c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
5 10126 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
f .uno%3AFontWork 68 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialogue.
a 3386595842 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
5 33810 35 Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.
5 33815 38 Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.
5 10256 68 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialogue.
a 3386595841 75 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.
5 33817 46 Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
5 33808 38 Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.
5 33809 26 Centers the text on the text baseline.
5 33814 9c Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
5 33812 36 Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.
5 33807 42 Click the shape of the baseline that you want to use for the text.
5 33818 1c Removes baseline formatting.
5 33819 4c Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.
5 33813 44 Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.
a 3386592769 24 Select a colour for the text shadow.
5 33811 9c Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.
a 3386595843 55 Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
5 33821 34 Vertically slants the characters in the text object.
5 33816 a2 Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
5 33820 36 Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.
a 3386595844 53 Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
5 33822 97 Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
5 10454 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
5 10455 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
5 27096 a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
5 27097 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
9 703727106 31 Text remains visible after the effect is applied.
9 703727105 49 Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.
9 703727107 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
9 703732225 3b Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.
9 703731713 47 Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.
9 703732226 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
9 703737345 20 Scrolls text from bottom to top.
9 703737346 20 Scrolls text from right to left.
9 703727109 c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
9 703737347 20 Scrolls text from left to right.
9 703725568 44 Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
9 703729153 8f Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect.
9 703727108 23 Measures increment value in pixels.
9 703737348 20 Scrolls text from top to bottom.
a 1388446722 c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
a 1494942721 c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
a 1494948353 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
5 26281 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
10 .uno%3ARowHeight 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
a 1388452353 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
5 38832 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
12 .uno%3AColumnWidth 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1388468737 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
5 26285 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1494915585 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
5 38830 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
a 1494909953 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
a 1388463106 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
9 702192142 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
9 702187053 aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
5 35106 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
9 702189068 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
9 702189072 51 Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
9 702191640 a2 Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
9 702187050 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
9 702187029 17 Aligns text vertically.
9 702187049 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
9 702187035 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
5 35105 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
5 35118 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
5 37793 24 Go to the first record in the table.
5 37795 23 Go to the next record in the table.
5 38786 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
5 37796 23 Go to the last record in the table.
5 37794 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
5 37799 b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
5 37798 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
5 37797 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
5 38831 1c Formats the selected row(s).
5 38829 1f Formats the selected column(s).
f .uno%3AWindow3D 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
5 10644 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
a 3388501542 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
a 3388501544 1c Renders a smooth 3D surface.
a 3388495897 52 Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
a 3388496416 67 Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
a 3388496418 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
a 3388496414 52 Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
a 3388501543 23 Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
a 3388501548 60 Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
a 3388501545 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
a 3388496420 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
a 3388501546 19 Inverts the light source.
a 3388501506 108 Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
a 3388495899 4f Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
a 3388501551 35 Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
a 3388496436 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the centre of the selected object.
a 3388496433 3b Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.
a 3388501507 3f Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
a 3388496438 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
a 3388493358 138 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single colour to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colours across the polygons. Phong shading averages the colour of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
a 3388501570 d3 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501508 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
a 3388501580 26 Select a colour for the ambient light.
a 3388501566 d3 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501569 d3 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.
a 3388493380 2d Select a colour for the current light source.
a 3388493390 26 Select a colour for the ambient light.
a 3388501564 d3 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501565 d3 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501567 d3 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501571 d3 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501568 d3 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.
a 3388501607 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
a 3388501603 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
a 3388501596 1f Converts the texture to colour.
a 3388501598 24 Applies the texture without shading.
a 3388501602 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
a 3388501509 135 Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface textures to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl (Mac: Shift+Command), and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
a 3388501604 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
a 3388501608 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
a 3388501610 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
a 3388501606 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
a 3388501599 7b Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialogue.
a 3388501595 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
a 3388501618 2b Select the colour to illuminate the object.
a 3388493425 37 Select the colour that you want to apply to the object.
a 3388493431 36 Select the colour that you want the object to reflect.
a 3388493437 5b Select a predefined colour scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom colour scheme.
a 3388501624 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
a 3388501621 36 Select the colour that you want the object to reflect.
a 3388493428 2b Select the colour to illuminate the object.
a 3388496506 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
a 3388501510 30 Changes the colouring of the selected 3D object.
9 704578052 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centres of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578051 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578059 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578057 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
4 5683 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
9 704578058 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centres of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
9 704578056 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
9 704578060 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578053 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578054 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
9 704578050 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
a 2311852590 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
5 35031 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
5 35028 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
1f .uno%3ASpellingAndGrammarDialog 9c Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialogue also checks for grammar errors.
5 35029 63 Skips all occurrences of the unknown word in the entire document and continues with the spellcheck.
a 2311852588 6e Opens a dialogue, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9c Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialogue also checks for grammar errors.
a 2311851556 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
a 2311851552 80 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Change or Change All.
a 2311860263 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
a 2311852586 6e Opens a dialogue, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
5 35030 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
a 2311850530 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
5 35076 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
a 2311849014 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
5 11016 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 HID_CT_THES_ALTERNATIVES c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
5 10245 53 Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
2f svx%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3ACB_WORD b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
2b svx%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3AED_REPL af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
35 svx%3AMenuButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3AMB_LANGUAGE 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
16 .uno%3AThesaurusDialog 53 Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
5 20603 53 Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 53 Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
33 svx%3AImageButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_THESAURUS%3ABTN_LEFT 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
a 3391953410 d7 Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.
a 3391947779 73 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.
a 3391947777 73 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.
a 3391950337 99 Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.
a 3391950341 48 Select the colour to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
5 10350 5e Opens the eyedropper dialogue, where you can replace colours in bitmap and meta file graphics.
a 3391953412 d7 Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 5e Opens the eyedropper dialogue, where you can replace colours in bitmap and meta file graphics.
a 3391947780 73 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.
5 33774 8f Select one of the four source colour boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the colour that you want to replace.
5 33773 ae Displays the colour in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source colour, click here, click the eyedropper, and then click a colour in the selected image.
a 3391947778 73 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.
a 3391953409 d7 Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.
a 3391947781 50 Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the colour that you select.
a 3391953411 d7 Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.
a 3391951361 76 Replaces the selected source colours in the current image with the colours that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
a 3391950339 99 Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.
a 3391950338 99 Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.
5 33772 a2 Displays the colour in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the eyedropper tool is selected.
a 3391950340 99 Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.
5 10424 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
5 35120 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
5 35109 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
9 815567421 29 Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.
5 35119 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
5 35111 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
9 815450144 f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
5 35122 12f Lists the entries for automatically replacing words or abbreviations while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
9 815450143 47 Enter the word or abbreviation that you want to replace while you type.
9 815449122 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
9 815452707 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
5 35121 6e Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.
5 35110 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
9 815469075 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
9 815466518 ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
9 815465516 130 Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialogue.
9 815468050 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
5 35123 6d Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.
9 815469080 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
9 815468055 b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
9 815465515 130 Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialogue.
9 815466513 d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
9 815551026 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
9 815551022 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 815547449 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
9 815551024 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 815550991 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 815550989 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
9 815551025 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
5 35207 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
9 815547403 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
5 35973 1e Opens the Spellcheck dialogue.
5 53431 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
5 53434 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
5 53433 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
5 53438 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
5 53432 1e Opens the Spellcheck dialogue.
5 53430 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
5 35972 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
5 35971 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
5 53437 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
5 35970 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
9 815711357 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
9 815713412 ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
9 815711354 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
9 815711356 f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
9 815716481 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
9 815714949 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
9 815711355 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
9 815711353 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
9 815716480 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
9 815713923 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
38 SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_OFAPAGE_SMARTTAG_OPTIONS_PB_SMARTTAGS 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
36 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_SMARTTAG_OPTIONS_CB_SMARTTAGS 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
14 .uno%3AOutlineBullet 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
5 20121 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
20 .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDialog 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
5 10156 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
5 35150 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
5 35149 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
5 35151 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
9 704283872 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
5 35152 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
9 704302783 30 Select a colour for the current numbering style.
9 704302232 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
9 704301216 a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
9 704305321 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704300209 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
9 704305857 7b Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph.
9 704301212 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
9 704302775 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
9 704302750 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
9 704311480 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
9 704305845 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
9 704305843 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
9 704303789 4c Opens the Special Characters dialogue, where you can select a bullet symbol.
9 704302760 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704305323 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
9 704319227 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
9 878844424 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
9 704318616 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
9 704316601 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
9 878842381 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 704320187 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 878844421 f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
9 704319231 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
9 878844426 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 704322212 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
9 704322307 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
9 704319027 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
9 878840834 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
9 704322305 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
9 704322301 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
9 704322214 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
9 878838790 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
9 704322210 f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
9 878841356 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 24 Opens a dialogue to organise macros.
9 780800521 16 Creates a new library.
9 780800516 51 Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library.
9 780799500 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.
a 1241813512 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
a 1317865477 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
a 1317868052 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
a 1317868044 33 Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.
9 780800523 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
a 1317868045 70 Opens the Customize dialogue, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
a 1317868042 5b Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialogue for editing.
5 63544 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
9 780816903 2c Opens the editor and creates a new dialogue.
9 780800522 66 Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
5 35091 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
9 780816900 5b Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialogue for editing.
9 780784134 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
a 1317868051 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
9 780784135 2c Opens the editor and creates a new dialogue.
5 63545 a7 Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue.
5 63547 28 Lists the existing macros and dialogues.
a 1317868040 20 Runs or saves the current macro.
a 1241813509 15 Creates a new script.
5 63548 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
a 1241813511 46 Opens a dialogue where you can change the name of the selected script.
a 1317734441 2b Enter a name for the new library or module.
4 5959 24 Opens a dialogue to organise macros.
a 1241813510 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
a 1317868043 78 Opens the Macro Organizer dialogue, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogues, and libraries.
a 1241813507 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
9 780784132 31 Opens the selected macro or dialogue for editing.
4 6704 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialogue to view certificates.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialogue to view certificates.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2d Opens a dialogue where you can start a macro.
4 6692 2d Opens a dialogue where you can start a macro.
4 6671 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
4 6669 14 Records a new macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
a 1239894027 34 Enter the current password for the selected library.
5 33895 2e Protects the selected library with a password.
a 1239894039 32 Reenter the new password for the selected library.
a 1239894037 2e Enter a new password for the selected library.
4 6690 52 Opens a submenu with links to dialogues where you can organise macros and scripts.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 30 Opens a dialogue where you can organise scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 52 Opens a submenu with links to dialogues where you can organise macros and scripts.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 30 Opens a dialogue where you can organise scripts.
a 1317700644 43 Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library.
5 63549 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
a 1317700643 68 Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME.
16 .uno%3AConfigureDialog 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
4 5907 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
4 5904 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
a 1079963518 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
9 705498935 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
a 1079963519 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
9 705498948 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
5 35011 60 Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialogue box.
5 35008 60 Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialogue box.
9 705507646 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
9 705499974 81 Opens the Add Commands dialogue. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialogue box.
9 705499960 73 Opens the New Menu dialogue where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
9 705507642 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
a 1079953796 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
5 35053 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
9 705516036 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
5 35077 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
9 705516072 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
9 705516073 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
5 35078 be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
5 35080 dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
9 705511980 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
5 35079 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
9 705511981 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
9 705516035 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
9 705516052 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
5 35055 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
5 35052 7d Opens the Add Commands dialogue. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialogue.
5 35051 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
9 705507136 29 Moves the selected item down in the list.
5 35054 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
9 705507135 27 Moves the selected item up in the list.
5 35050 6e Opens the Name dialogue, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
a 1080136589 9b Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialogue that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
a 1080136601 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
9 705547787 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 705548802 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
9 705548803 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
5 35003 b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
5 64057 58 Displays a Save as dialogue to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
5 64051 29 Displays the help page for this dialogue.
5 64052 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7f Opens the XML Filter Settings dialogue, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
5 10958 7f Opens the XML Filter Settings dialogue, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
5 64053 2f Opens a dialogue with the name of a new filter.
5 64055 34 Opens a dialogue with the name of the selected file.
5 64056 46 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialogue that follows.
5 64054 34 Opens a dialogue with the name of the selected file.
5 64059 14 Closes the dialogue.
5 64058 4f Displays an Open dialogue to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
5 64064 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
5 64066 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
5 64063 5c Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialogue.
5 64061 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
5 64065 4f Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogues.
5 64067 1b Enter a comment (optional).
5 64068 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
5 64071 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
5 64075 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
5 64073 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
5 64087 20 Opens a file selection dialogue.
5 64070 20 Opens a file selection dialogue.
5 64072 20 Opens a file selection dialogue.
5 64074 20 Opens a file selection dialogue.
5 64069 6e If you want, enter the public or system identifier of the DTD (Document Type Definition) that you want to use.
5 64080 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64077 93 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
5 64082 8f Opens the XML Filter output window, where the XML source of the selected document is displayed. The document is used to test the import filter.
5 64084 3e Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue.
5 64081 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64078 d9 The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
5 64083 61 Opens a file selection dialogue. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
5 64090 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
5 64085 3e Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue.
5 64050 37 Validates the contents of the XML Filter output window.
5 64088 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
5 64089 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
a 1237598722 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
5 35174 1f Displays the current selection.
a 1237599233 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
5 35022 aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
a 1237599235 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
a 1237602817 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
a 1237598726 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
5 35038 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
5 35024 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
5 35021 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
5 35017 28 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialogue.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
5 10959 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
5 35020 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
a 1237599234 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
a 1237598727 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
a 1237598724 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
5 35040 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
5 35018 14 Closes the dialogue.
a 1237598723 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
5 35039 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
a 1237598725 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
a 1237598721 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
5 35019 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
a 1237648387 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
a 1237651971 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
a 1237648385 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
a 1237651970 59 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialogue where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
5 35088 ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
a 1237648388 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
a 1237682177 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
a 1237651969 4d Opens the New dictionary dialogue box, where you can create a new dictionary.
a 1237667329 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
a 1237665796 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237668353 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
a 1237667842 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
a 1237665793 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237665795 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237665794 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
a 1237668354 1b Deletes the selected entry.
5 10243 19 Checks spelling manually.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
4 5620 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
a 1343832581 65 Permanently hides the Registration dialogue. To register at a later time, choose Help - Registration.
9 586088965 7f Launches your default Web browser and connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
9 586088966 38 Hides the Registration dialogue for the next seven days.
a 1343832580 38 Hides the Registration dialogue for the next seven days.
4 6537 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
5 42777 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
1c .uno%3AOnlineRegistrationDlg 59 Connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
9 586088967 65 Permanently hides the Registration dialogue. To register at a later time, choose Help - Registration.
a 1343832579 7f Launches your default Web browser and connects to the $[officename] Web site where you can register your copy of $[officename].
10 .uno%3ASignature 72 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue to view certificates.
a 1090130435 2a Removes the selected source from the list.
5 43081 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
a 1090130487 24 Opens the View Certificate dialogue.
a 1090130434 26 Opens the Select Certificate dialogue.
9 541200975 72 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue to view certificates.
4 6643 72 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue to view certificates.
a 1106678282 56 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialogue is displayed.
a 1106674693 8e By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialogue. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
5 42786 ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
5 42787 ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
a 1106676231 97 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialogue, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 51 Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks. Enable CTL for more commands.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 80 Inserts an invisible hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
5 33826 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
5 33840 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
5 33836 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
e .uno%3AGallery 59 Opens the Gallery, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.
5 33842 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
4 5960 59 Opens the Gallery, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.
5 33827 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
9 706675715 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
9 706679297 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
9 706678785 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
9 706679301 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
9 706677761 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
9 706679300 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 29 Specifies the display options for guides.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
4 6694 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
4 6696 31 Inserts a video or sound file into your document.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or sound file into your document.
9 705594384 92 Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialogue box to disable or enable this feature.
9 586155011 34 You can check for updates manually or automatically.
9 705597971 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
5 65551 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
5 65555 1f Installs the downloaded update.
5 33390 f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
5 65549 f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
5 65558 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
5 65553 9e Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialogue box.
5 65554 9e Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialogue box.
5 65552 1c Continues a paused download.
5 42792 59 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialogue for the extension.
5 42795 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
39 service%3Acom.sun.star.deployment.ui.PackageManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
5 42772 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
a 1180242482 87 Read the licence. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
5 42794 20 Enable or disable the extension.
a 1180240435 87 Read the licence. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
5 42768 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
5 42769 7d Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialogue.
a 1311688709 16 Re-enter the password.
a 1111689232 16 Re-enter the password.
a 1111689230 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
a 1311672322 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 58993 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
a 1311688706 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
5 58994 16 Re-enter the password.
9 867893895 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
9 867883100 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867893901 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
9 867847702 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
9 867861608 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
9 867877457 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
9 867877986 103 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialogue box.
9 867845146 ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
9 867877462 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
9 868024984 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
9 867866738 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867861607 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
9 867845145 94 When the PDF Import Extension is installed, this setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
9 867850765 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
9 868025494 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
9 867848207 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
9 867877461 b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
9 867883610 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867845137 47 Selects to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
9 867861614 4d Selects to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
9 867861606 51 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centred on screen.
4 6673 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
9 867877464 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
9 867845139 f0 Selects to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
9 867893898 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
9 867861104 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867861105 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867844619 ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
9 868024985 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
9 867844611 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
9 867845134 51 Selects to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
9 867846149 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
9 867861611 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
9 867861610 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
9 867893900 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
9 867877473 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
9 867845138 45 Selects to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
9 867845144 190 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are being exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
9 867844612 1e Exports the current selection.
9 867861605 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
9 867897976 36 Click to open a dialogue where you enter the password.
9 867861612 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
9 867894415 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
9 867894416 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
9 868025499 d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
9 867877465 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
9 867844610 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
9 867845140 60 Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document.
9 867897983 36 Click to open a dialogue where you enter the password.
9 867877472 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
9 867877463 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
12 .uno%3AExportToPDF 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
9 867877471 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
9 867877459 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
9 867893894 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
9 867877470 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
9 868025500 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
9 867893899 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
9 867893902 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
9 867893896 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
9 868024986 c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
9 867877458 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
9 867844618 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a8 Shows the Export as PDF dialogue, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
4 6672 a8 Shows the Export as PDF dialogue, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
5 35847 6c Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialogue box to set the options.
5 33374 6c Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialogue box to set the options.
a 1090146871 53 Opens the View Certificate dialogue where you can examine the selected certificate.
9 553341495 53 Opens the View Certificate dialogue where you can examine the selected certificate.
5 43082 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
5 37826 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
5 37815 32 Opens a dialogue where you can add a new instance.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 37813 21 Renames the selected Xform model.
5 37817 42 Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.
5 37824 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
5 37812 3e Opens the Add Model dialogue where you can add an XForm model.
5 37833 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
a 1368934412 f Enter the name.
5 37821 72 Opens a dialogue to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
a 1368933377 d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
5 37814 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
5 37818 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
5 37823 58 Opens a dialogue to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
5 37827 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
5 37825 34 Lists the items that belong to the current instance.
5 37816 3b Opens a dialogue where you can modify the current instance.
5 10773 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 37820 72 Opens a dialogue to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
5 37819 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
5 37828 3a This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
5 37822 72 Opens a dialogue to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
5 65362 1f Declares the item as read-only.
a 1368851481 1f Declares the item as read-only.
a 1368851479 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
a 1368855066 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368854034 2b Select the data type for the selected item.
5 65364 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368851483 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
a 1368855060 1e Declares the item as relevant.
a 1368852492 1b Enter the name of the item.
5 65361 1e Declares the item as relevant.
a 1368851475 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
a 1368855062 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
5 65363 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
a 1368852494 2c Enter a default value for the selected item.
a 1368855064 1f Declares the item as read-only.
5 65360 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
a 1368851477 1e Declares the item as relevant.
a 1368871438 51 Opens the Form Namespaces dialogue where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
a 1368869387 12 Enter a condition.
a 1368887822 1f Deletes the selected namespace.
5 37807 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
a 1368887820 21 Adds a new namespace to the list.
a 1368887821 1d Edits the selected namespace.
5 65378 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
5 65362 1f Declares the item as read-only.
5 65359 73 Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialogue to enter the XPath expression.
5 65366 f2 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The sematics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
5 65358 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
5 65364 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
5 65380 d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
5 65304 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
5 65361 1e Declares the item as relevant.
5 65306 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
5 65377 ae Click the button to open a dialogue where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
5 65367 127 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialogue.
5 65303 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
5 65363 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
5 65368 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
5 65301 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
5 65360 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
5 65305 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
5 65302 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
5 65365 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
5 65370 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 68 Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.
4 5509 68 Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.
5 10244 74 Click to open or close the Drawing bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.
5 10115 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee c8 Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. Drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. To assign an animation effect, choose Format - Text - Text Animation.
a .uno%3APie 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 14a Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. You can also move the cursor to where you want to add the text, drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
b .uno%3ALine 82 Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
a .uno%3AArc 145 Draws an arc in the current document. To draw an arc, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw an arc that is based on a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
5 10254 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
5 10112 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
e .uno%3AEllipse ad Draws an oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
5 10906 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
5 10110 ad Draws an oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 74 Click to open or close the Drawing bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.
5 10114 145 Draws an arc in the current document. To draw an arc, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw an arc that is based on a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
5 10905 14a Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. You can also move the cursor to where you want to add the text, drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
f .uno%3ADrawText e1 Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.
5 10104 c3 Draws a rectangle where you drag in the current document. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
5 10253 e1 Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.
5 10397 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
5 10395 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
5 10465 c8 Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. Drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. To assign an animation effect, choose Format - Text - Text Animation.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
b .uno%3ARect c3 Draws a rectangle where you drag in the current document. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want.
5 10464 be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
5 10102 82 Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
5 10193 16 Creates a spin button.
17 .uno%3AAutoControlFocus 107 If Automatic Control Focus is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The Tab Order that you have specified determines which is the first form control.
10 .uno%3ADateField 15 Creates a date field.
13 .uno%3ANumericField 1a Creates a numerical field.
5 10599 13 Creates a text box.
5 10594 16 Creates a push button.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 20 Opens the More Controls toolbar.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 16 Creates a push button.
10 .uno%3AScrollBar 14 Creates a scrollbar.
f .uno%3AGroupBox 33 Creates a frame to visually group several controls.
5 10707 19 Creates a currency field.
5 10148 14 Creates a check box.
5 10706 1a Creates a numerical field.
5 10704 15 Creates a date field.
12 .uno%3AImagebutton 27 Creates a button displayed as an image.
e .uno%3AListBox 13 Creates a list box.
14 .uno%3ACurrencyField 19 Creates a currency field.
12 .uno%3AFileControl 2d Creates a button that enables file selection.
5 10597 24 Creates a field for displaying text.
14 .uno%3ANavigationBar 19 Creates a navigation bar.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1a Creates a formatted field.
b .uno%3AEdit 13 Creates a text box.
5 10605 2d Creates a button that enables file selection.
13 .uno%3AImageControl 4c Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.
5 10604 27 Creates a button displayed as an image.
5 10710 4c Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
5 10768 14 Creates a scrollbar.
5 10708 18 Creates a pattern field.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 19 Creates an option button.
5 10728 1a Creates a formatted field.
13 .uno%3APatternField 18 Creates a pattern field.
5 10600 13 Creates a list box.
10 .uno%3ATimeField 15 Creates a time field.
5 11045 20 Opens the More Controls toolbar.
5 10763 107 If Automatic Control Focus is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The Tab Order that you have specified determines which is the first form control.
c .uno%3ALabel 24 Creates a field for displaying text.
5 10192 14 Creates a combo box.
5 10603 34 Creates a table control to display a database table.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 1e Opens the Form Design toolbar.
5 11046 1e Opens the Form Design toolbar.
b .uno%3AGrid 34 Creates a table control to display a database table.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Creates a combo box.
5 10147 19 Creates an option button.
5 10189 33 Creates a frame to visually group several controls.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 14 Creates a check box.
5 10705 15 Creates a time field.
11 .uno%3ASpinButton 16 Creates a spin button.
5 10607 19 Creates a navigation bar.
5 10593 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
5 10739 3a The selected control is transformed into an option button.
5 10749 39 The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 3a The selected control is transformed into an option button.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 31 The selected control is transformed into a label.
5 10736 31 The selected control is transformed into a label.
5 10737 34 The selected control is transformed into a list box.
5 10748 3a The selected control is transformed into a currency field.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
5 10738 35 The selected control is transformed into a check box.
5 10734 34 The selected control is transformed into a text box.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 36 The selected control is transformed into a date field.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 3b The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 3a The selected control is transformed into a currency field.
5 10733 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
5 10751 3b The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.
5 10744 3a The selected control is transformed into a file selection.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 39 The selected control is transformed into an image button.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 39 The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 3a The selected control is transformed into a file selection.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 36 The selected control is transformed into a time field.
5 10750 3a The selected control is transformed into an image control.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 3a The selected control is transformed into an image control.
5 10747 3b The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 34 The selected control is transformed into a text box.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 34 The selected control is transformed into a list box.
5 10743 39 The selected control is transformed into an image button.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 3b The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
5 10741 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
5 10746 36 The selected control is transformed into a time field.
5 10745 36 The selected control is transformed into a date field.
5 10735 32 The selected control is transformed into a button.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 35 The selected control is transformed into a check box.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 32 The selected control is transformed into a button.
a 1368837633 8f In the Show Columns dialogue you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl (Mac: Command) key to select multiple entries.
5 10753 1a Hides the selected column.
5 10606 5f Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.
5 10612 26 Deletes the currently selected column.
5 10755 20 Calls the Show Columns dialogue.
5 10754 3f Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.
5 10611 48 Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.
5 10756 2a Click All if you want to show all columns.
5 10613 42 Opens a dialogue for editing the properties of a selected control.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 42 Opens a dialogue for editing the properties of a selected control.
5 65432 42 Opens a dialogue for editing the properties of a selected control.
5 65260 50 Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.
5 65199 3a Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.
5 65257 5a Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the arrow icon on the scrollbar.
5 65245 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
5 65271 29 Sets the default value for the scrollbar.
5 65142 9f On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.
5 65431 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
5 65261 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
5 65187 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
5 65163 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
5 65423 5e If you set this option to "Yes", the Push Button receives the focus when you click the button.
5 65185 42 Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).
5 65168 22 Defines the height of the control.
5 65428 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
5 65210 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
5 65277 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
5 65209 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
5 65225 6b Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.
5 65259 bb Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.
5 65207 54 Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
5 65191 51 The Action property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.
5 65280 24 Displays text on more than one line.
5 65224 59 Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an "Open document / web page" button.
5 65426 55 Specifies the border colour for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".
5 65174 34 Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.
5 65276 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
5 65176 105 Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text.
5 65183 62 Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".
5 65234 59 Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.
5 65246 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
5 65214 76 Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.
5 65233 77 Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.
5 65241 83 Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.
5 65240 5b Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.
5 65299 cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
5 65278 58 Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.
5 65247 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
5 65294 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 65273 54 Specifies the colour for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.
5 65186 cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
5 65281 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
5 65226 4d Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.
5 65270 31 Specify the minimum value of a scrollbar control.
5 65178 3a Select the font for the text that is in the control field.
5 65248 65 Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.
5 65239 16 Sets the default date.
5 65231 73 The Default button property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.
5 65188 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
5 65272 3d Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.
5 65244 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
5 65279 7d Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.
5 65213 75 Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.
5 65227 b5 If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII-code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.
5 65219 6e The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.
5 65297 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 65265 31 Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.
5 65425 65 Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.
5 65143 75 The Tab order property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.
5 65217 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
5 65258 5e Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.
5 65262 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
5 65184 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
5 65202 33 Determines the earliest date that a user can enter.
5 65295 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 65198 6f The Graphics property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.
5 65208 37 You can define the desired format for the time display.
5 65195 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
5 65229 4c Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
5 65200 36 Allows you to select more than one item in a list box.
5 65206 32 Determines the minimum time that a user can enter.
5 65203 54 Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
5 65422 126 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
5 65189 54 The Tabstop property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.
5 65169 21 Defines the width of the control.
5 65161 5a Specifies the format code for the control. Click the ... button to select the format code.
5 65242 73 Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.
5 65230 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
5 65216 2d Assigns the AutoFill function to a combo box.
5 65293 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.
5 65300 5e For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.
5 65180 30 Sets the background colour of the control field.
5 65218 41 Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.
5 65232 3f You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.
5 65221 1e Inserts a thousands separator.
5 65150 49 Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).
5 65256 31 Specify the maximum value of a scrollbar control.
5 65238 16 Sets the default time.
5 65275 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
5 65424 6c Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.
5 65204 41 Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.
5 65212 3e You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.
5 65296 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 65215 69 If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.
5 65211 21 Determines spin button intervals.
5 65179 32 Specifies the row height of a table control field.
5 65220 5b If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.
5 65175 55 The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.
5 65223 50 Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.
5 65190 d3 You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.
5 65266 85 Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.
5 65307 112 Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.
5 65268 4a Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.
5 65170 a9 Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under Data field. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.
5 65243 fb While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the Data tab of the corresponding Properties dialogue. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.
5 65141 49 Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.
5 65172 b3 With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.
5 65267 5a Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.
5 65171 3e Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.
5 65228 c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
5 65411 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
5 65394 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
5 65404 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
5 65402 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
5 65396 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
5 65403 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
5 65397 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
5 65410 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
5 65399 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
5 65389 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
5 65408 54 The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.
5 65413 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
5 65400 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
5 65401 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
5 65395 4c The When losing focus event takes place if a control field looses the focus.
5 10614 63 In this dialogue you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 63 In this dialogue you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
5 65194 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
5 65193 40 Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.
5 65419 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
5 65412 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
5 65417 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
5 65392 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
5 65420 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
5 65390 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
5 65418 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
5 65406 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
5 65414 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
5 65409 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
5 65405 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
5 65415 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
5 65393 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
5 65416 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
5 65398 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
5 65407 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
5 65153 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
5 65148 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
5 65155 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
5 65144 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronisation between parent and subform.
5 65145 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
5 65151 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
5 65154 20 Determines if data can be added.
5 65147 fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
5 65236 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
5 65146 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
5 65249 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
5 65156 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
5 65152 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 7b In the Tab Order dialogue you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
15 HID_TABORDER_CONTROLS 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
5 10615 7b In the Tab Order dialogue you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
5 10623 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
5 37772 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 10629 b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 22300 b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
1d .uno%3ASwitchXFormsDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
5 37770 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
5 10609 1c Renames the selected object.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 36 Starts the Properties dialogue for the selected entry.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
5 10703 36 Starts the Properties dialogue for the selected entry.
5 10640 23 Creates a new form in the document.
5 10608 a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
5 10638 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
5 10633 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
5 10639 1b Deletes the selected entry.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
5 10709 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
5 10727 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
4 5539 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organise Styles.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organise Styles.
5 33937 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
4 5552 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
5 10007 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 5d Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRight 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
5 10907 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBottom 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
5 10908 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
5 10461 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 92 Click the Decrease Indent icon to reduce the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the previous default tab position.
5 10462 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 90 Click the Increase Indent icon to increase the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and set it to the next default tab position.
5 10489 150 Applies the current highlight colour to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlighting icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlighting icon again. To change the highlight colour, click the arrow next to the Highlighting icon, and then click the colour that you want.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 150 Applies the current highlight colour to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlighting icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlighting icon again. To change the highlight colour, click the arrow next to the Highlighting icon, and then click the colour that you want.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ad Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background colour for a paragraph. The colour is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
5 10185 ad Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background colour for a paragraph. The colour is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
5 27346 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Click the Increase Spacing icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
5 27347 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 5f Click the Decrease Spacing icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
5 10187 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
5 10200 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 88 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Colour toolbar, which enables you to change the border colour of an object.
5 10201 88 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Colour toolbar, which enables you to change the border colour of an object.
5 26412 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 57 Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
5 20510 57 Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
5 10301 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
5 10129 1c Rotates the selected object.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
5 10130 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
13 .uno%3AOutlineRight 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 10153 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 20130 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 20131 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
12 .uno%3AOutlineLeft 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 10152 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
5 10150 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
10 .uno%3AOutlineUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
5 20134 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 10151 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
12 .uno%3AOutlineDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 20135 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
5 20138 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
4 5596 a3 Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL or select one from the list. %PRODUCTNAME automatically converts file paths into URL notation.
e .uno%3AOpenUrl a3 Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL or select one from the list. %PRODUCTNAME automatically converts file paths into URL notation.
4 5508 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
15 .uno%3ASelectTextMode d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
5 20989 d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
4 6312 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
5 33373 d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
f SID_BROWSE_STOP 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
b .uno%3AStop 73 Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click (Mac: Command-click) to interrupt all loading processes.
4 6674 4c Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialogue is shown.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4c Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialogue is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
5 30808 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
5 30806 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
5 33966 2a Assigns a name to an Internet URL or file.
5 33969 55 Allows you to either type a URL, or insert a URL from a document using drag-and-drop.
13 .uno%3ASetHyperlink 3c Inserts a hyperlink from the current URL into your document.
5 10362 3c Inserts a hyperlink from the current URL into your document.
5 33967 75 Click and choose one of the Internet search engines from the submenu. The search term is entered in the URL Name box.
5 33968 36 Specifies the target frame type for the specified URL.
16 .uno%3AHyperlinkDialog 40 Opens a dialogue that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
5 10955 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
5 35193 22 Applies the data to your document.
5 35189 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
5 35188 3b Resets the entries in the dialogue to their original state.
5 21835 1d Opens the Hyperlink dialogue.
5 21840 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
5 27382 40 Opens a dialogue that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1d Opens the Hyperlink dialogue.
5 21839 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
5 35194 23 Closes the dialogue without saving.
4 5678 40 Opens a dialogue that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
9 704447499 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
5 35195 41 Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialogue.
9 704466466 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
9 704446980 1b Creates a Telnet hyperlink.
9 704464932 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704450592 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704448522 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
9 704474663 89 Opens the Assign Macro dialogue, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704448548 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704497702 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704446978 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
5 35190 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
9 704499234 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
9 704450082 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
9 704483360 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704458279 89 Opens the Assign Macro dialogue, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704448550 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704466976 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704507431 89 Opens the Assign Macro dialogue, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704464934 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704446979 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
9 704491047 89 Opens the Assign Macro dialogue, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
9 704481318 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
9 704481316 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704448520 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
9 704458252 3d Opens a web browser, into which you can load the desired URL.
5 35196 66 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialogue.
9 704497700 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
9 704458253 26 Opens the Target in Document dialogue.
5 35183 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
9 704482850 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
5 35197 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
9 704499744 c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
9 704463362 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
9 704464903 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
9 704474632 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
5 35184 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
9 704463363 28 Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.
5 35191 67 Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.
9 704491020 26 Opens the Target in Document dialogue.
5 35192 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
5 35185 a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
9 704491012 35 Opens the Open dialogue, where you can select a file.
9 704481287 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
9 704497669 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
9 704507400 3c Opens the Select Path dialogue, where you can select a path.
9 704499207 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
9 704496131 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
5 35186 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
9 704496130 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
5 20937 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
5 26497 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
d .uno%3APageUp 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
5 26496 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3APageDown 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
5 20938 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
15 .uno%3AGoToStartOfDoc 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
5 20907 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
5 26498 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
5 26499 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
13 .uno%3AGoToEndOfDoc 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
5 20908 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 1a Closes the current window.
4 5621 1a Closes the current window.
5 38834 6a Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialogue box.
5 38978 c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
5 10764 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
5 39064 b9 Opens a dialogue to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialogue opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialogue box.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
5 38833 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
5 10713 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Sorts the data of the selected field in descending order.
5 10716 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
5 10711 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
5 10724 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
5 38977 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
5 12202 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
a 1435046432 7b Opens the AutoFormat dialogue, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
a 1435046431 80 Opens the Table Format dialogue, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
a 1435042333 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
a 1435053590 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435042334 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
a 1435042317 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
a 1435042316 1d Accepts the database formats.
a 1435045396 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
a 1435053592 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435053591 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
a 1435045390 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
a 1435042306 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
a 1435042844 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
a 1435045402 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
a 1435053589 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
a 1435042308 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
5 38783 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
5 10715 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
a 1388414977 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388416515 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 1388416516 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 1388416520 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
a 2567081498 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567082017 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388416517 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567081500 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
a 2567082018 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 1388414978 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 2567081503 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 1388416514 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 1388416513 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 2567081501 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567081502 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567081496 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 1388416519 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
5 26323 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
a 2567081497 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
a 1388414979 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
a 2567081499 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
a 1388416518 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
a 2567082016 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
5 38784 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
5 10714 31 Specifies the sort criteria for the data display.
a 1368769029 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
5 10725 23 Searches database tables and forms.
5 35059 1c Searches through all fields.
5 35058 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
a 1368769026 28 Searches through a specified data field.
5 35072 5f Closes the dialogue. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
a 1368769028 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
5 35063 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
5 35068 22 Searches with regular expressions.
a 1368772097 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
5 35071 1d Starts or cancels the search.
a 1368769027 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
5 35064 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
5 35065 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
5 35061 28 Searches through a specified data field.
5 35066 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
5 35062 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
5 35067 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
5 10729 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
5 10723 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
5 10761 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
1c .uno%3ADSBDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
5 10721 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
f .uno%3AAddTable 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
a 2462290433 25 Inserts the currently selected table.
a 2462286337 12 Shows only tables.
5 10722 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
a 2462286338 13 Shows only queries.
5 38853 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
5 38852 1f Closes the Add Tables dialogue.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
5 10720 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 5c Displays the "Function" row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 3f Displays the "Table" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 3f Displays the "Alias" row in the lower part of the Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
5 10128 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
4 5675 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
5 52825 9b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. To view the HTML source of a new document, you must first save the new document as an HTML document.
5 27087 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
5 26115 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
16 .uno%3AStatusPageStyle 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
14 .uno%3APageStyleName 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
5 21182 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
5 21183 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
5 10221 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
14 .uno%3ASelectionMode 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
5 21185 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
5 26116 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 7b Displays the current selection mode. You can switch between STD = Standard, EXT = Extend, ADD = Add, BLK = Block selection.
15 .uno%3AModifiedStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
5 27089 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
5 30366 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
4 5584 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
f .uno%3AModified 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
5 10474 7f Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colours are suppressed.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a2 All pixels are set to their grey values, and then the green and blue colour channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red colour channel is not changed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
5 10476 29 Displays a dialogue for creating reliefs.
5 10475 47 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same colour.
5 10473 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 88 Inverts the colour values of a colour image, or the brightness values of a greyscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
5 10470 88 Inverts the colour values of a colour image, or the brightness values of a greyscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
5 10472 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 29 Displays a dialogue for creating reliefs.
a 1243022341 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 75 This icon on the Picture bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 47 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same colour.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 3b Opens a dialogue to determine the number of poster colours.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7f Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colours are suppressed.
5 10479 a2 All pixels are set to their grey values, and then the green and blue colour channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red colour channel is not changed.
5 10471 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
a 1243060738 86 Defines the intensity of ageing, in percent. At 0% you see the grey values of all pixels. At 100% only the red colour channel remains.
a 1243027970 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
5 10478 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
5 10480 c5 Opens a dialog for defining solarisation. Solarisation refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colours become partly inverted.
a 1243038723 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
5 10477 3b Opens a dialogue to determine the number of poster colours.
a 1243027972 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
a 1243044354 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarised.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c5 Opens a dialog for defining solarisation. Solarisation refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colours become partly inverted.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
a 1243076610 44 Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
5 10871 a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 56 Specifies the proportion of red RGB colour components for the selected graphic object.
5 10865 56 Specifies the proportion of red RGB colour components for the selected graphic object.
5 10866 58 Specifies the proportion of green RGB colour components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 58 Specifies the proportion of green RGB colour components for the selected graphic object.
5 10867 50 Specifies the proportion of blue RGB colour components for the selected graphic.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 50 Specifies the proportion of blue RGB colour components for the selected graphic.
5 10863 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
5 10864 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
5 10868 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
5 10869 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
5 10883 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11047 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11049 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11051 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4c With the Colour toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11050 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 10977 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
4 5715 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11052 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
5 11048 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
a 2187084816 3b Searches backwards from the current position of the cursor.
5 33355 20 Adds this page to your bookmarks
5 33363 25 Opens the Find on this page dialogue.
5 33354 17 Prints the current page
5 33353 1e Moves forward to the next page
4 5400 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
5 33349 48 The Toolbar contains important functions for controlling the Help system
a 2187087883 4e Enter the text that you want to search for or select a text entry in the list.
5 33350 23 Hides and shows the navigation pane
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
a 2187084815 4e Searches the entire Help page, starting at the current position of the cursor.
5 33347 5d The list box located at the very top is where you can select other %PRODUCTNAME Help modules.
a 2187088401 2d Finds the next occurrence of the search term.
5 33348 62 The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages Contents, Index, Find and Bookmarks.
5 33352 1f Moves back to the previous page
5 33351 31 Moves to the first page of the current Help topic
a 2187084814 38 Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.
a 2187084813 1a Finds complete words only.
9 546983947 45 Double-click an entry or type the word you want to find in the index.
9 546984460 24 Click to display the selected topic.
9 547000844 3b Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.
9 546997262 6c Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.
9 546997263 4a Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.
9 547000849 28 Displays the entry selected in the list.
9 546999824 6a Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.
9 547000331 3d Enter the search term here. The search is not case-sensitive.
5 33364 22 displays the selected help subject
5 33365 3b opens a dialogue for entering another name for the bookmark
5 33366 1d deletes the bookmark selected
a 1083901963 58 Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.
9 547016203 7c Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.
5 33356 56 Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 21 Opens the Extrusion Depth window.
5 10964 30 Tilts the selected object right by five degrees.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 24 Opens the Extrusion Lighting window.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 2f Tilts the selected object left by five degrees.
5 33907 13 Select a direction.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 23 Opens the Extrusion Colour toolbar.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 30 Tilts the selected object right by five degrees.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 34 Tilts the selected object downwards by five degrees.
5 10960 3c Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
a 1237637634 19 Enter an extrusion depth.
5 10963 2f Tilts the selected object left by five degrees.
5 10965 21 Opens the Extrusion Depth window.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 32 Tilts the selected object upwards by five degrees.
5 10962 32 Tilts the selected object upwards by five degrees.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 25 Opens the Extrusion Direction window.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 23 Opens the Extrusion Surface window.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3c Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
5 10961 34 Tilts the selected object downwards by five degrees.
5 10969 23 Opens the Extrusion Colour toolbar.
5 10968 23 Opens the Extrusion Surface window.
5 10966 25 Opens the Extrusion Direction window.
5 10967 24 Opens the Extrusion Lighting window.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 63 Guides you through creating business and personal letters, faxes, agendas, presentations, and more.
4 6381 63 Guides you through creating business and personal letters, faxes, agendas, presentations, and more.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.letter.CallWizard%3Fstart 28 Starts the wizard for a letter template.
5 34573 46 Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.
5 65070 3a Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.
5 40822 46 Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 28 Starts the wizard for a letter template.
5 40824 68 According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disk.
5 40823 3a Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.
5 34574 3a Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.
5 65069 46 Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.
5 40774 2b Select the design for your letter template.
5 40771 34 Specifies that you want to create a personal letter.
5 40772 2b Select the design for your letter template.
5 40775 2b Select the design for your letter template.
5 53269 45 Specifies whether you want to create a personal or a business letter.
5 40773 93 Specifies whether paper is used that already contains an imprinted logo, address, or footer line. The Wizard shows the Letterhead layout page next.
5 40770 3b Specifies that you want to create a formal personal letter.
5 40769 3d Specifies that you want to create a business letter template.
5 40782 21 Defines the height of the object.
5 40785 32 Sets the object distance from the top page margin.
5 40778 33 Sets the object distance from the left page margin.
5 53270 57 Allows you to specify the elements that are already imprinted on your letterhead paper.
5 40777 21 Defines the height of the object.
5 40780 32 Sets the object distance from the top page margin.
5 40776 66 Specifies that a logo is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a logo.
5 40788 81 Enter the height of the footer area that is already imprinted on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print in that area.
5 40787 6f Specifies that a footer area is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a footer.
5 40783 33 Sets the object distance from the left page margin.
5 40779 20 Defines the width of the object.
5 40786 a3 Specifies that your own address is already imprinted in small size above the area of the recipient's address. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address in small size.
5 40781 6e Specifies that an address is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address.
5 40784 20 Defines the width of the object.
5 40797 59 Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.
5 40794 56 Includes a salutation on the letter template. Select the salutation from the list box.
5 40799 29 Includes a footer on the letter template.
5 40798 59 Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.
5 40790 27 Includes a logo on the letter template.
5 40792 4c Includes a line with references to a business letter on the letter template.
5 40791 3c Includes a small size return address on the letter template.
5 53271 38 Defines the items to be included in the letter template.
5 40793 2f Includes a subject line on the letter template.
5 40795 56 Includes a salutation on the letter template. Select the salutation from the list box.
5 40789 4b Select a country in order to use a typical letter layout from that country.
5 40796 2b Includes fold marks on the letter template.
5 40803 2b Specifies the street address of the sender.
5 40807 48 Specifies that placeholder fields are inserted into the letter template.
5 40801 33 Use the address data from the following text boxes.
5 40808 3e Address database fields are inserted into the letter template.
5 40806 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
5 40804 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
5 53272 2f Specifies the sender and recipient information.
5 40800 4f Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialogue box.
5 40802 21 Specifies the name of the sender.
5 40805 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
5 40809 24 Enter the text for the footer lines.
5 40810 30 Select to suppress the footer on the first page.
5 53273 39 Specifies the information to include in the footer space.
5 40811 2e Includes page numbers in your letter template.
5 40814 31 Saves the template and keeps it open for editing.
5 53274 50 Specifies where and under which name you want to save the document and template.
5 40812 2d Specifies the title of the document template.
5 40815 68 Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the ... button to select the path and file name.
5 40816 68 Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the ... button to select the path and file name.
5 40813 5c Saves and closes the template, and then opens a new untitled document based on the template.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1b Opens the wizard for faxes.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.fax.CallWizard%3Fstart 1b Opens the wizard for faxes.
5 41182 c8 Click the Back button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button. Back will be active from the second page onwards.
5 41183 8a The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The Next button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.
5 41184 b0 According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX".
5 41120 30 Creates a fax template for a business-style fax.
5 41122 29 Creates a fax template for a private fax.
5 53279 27 Defines the style of your fax document.
5 41121 1f Specifies the predefined style.
5 41123 1f Specifies the predefined style.
5 41138 12 Includes a footer.
5 41130 16 Includes a date field.
5 41132 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
5 53280 29 Specifies the fax elements to be printed.
5 41133 18 Includes a subject line.
5 41135 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
5 41134 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
5 41131 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
5 41137 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
5 41129 18 Includes a company logo.
5 41136 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
5 41146 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41144 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41148 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
5 41147 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41145 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 53281 3a Specifies the receiver and sender information for the fax.
5 41140 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
5 41143 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 41141 76 Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.
5 41149 45 Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document.
5 41142 1e Enter the sender address data.
5 53282 1a Specifies the footer data.
5 53283 27 Defines the template name and location.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
38 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.agenda.CallWizard%3Fstart 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
5 41057 29 Select the page design from the list box.
5 53299 27 Specifies a page design for the agenda.
5 41058 4d Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting.
5 41060 22 Specifies the date of the meeting.
5 41061 23 Specifies the title of the meeting.
5 41062 26 Specifies the location of the meeting.
5 41059 22 Specifies the time of the meeting.
5 53300 3d Specifies the date, time, title, and location of the meeting.
5 41065 2f Specifies whether to print a Please bring line.
5 53301 3e Specifies the headings that you want to include in the agenda.
5 41063 34 Specifies whether to print the type of meeting line.
5 41064 2e Specifies whether to print a Please read line.
5 41066 28 Specifies whether to print a Notes line.
5 53302 30 Specifies the names to be printed on the agenda.
5 41072 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.
5 41069 48 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.
5 41068 46 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.
5 41073 4d Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.
5 41070 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.
5 41071 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.
5 41067 58 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.
5 41084 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
5 41079 34 Inserts a new empty topic row above the current row.
5 41081 1f Moves the current topic row up.
5 41085 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
5 41080 1e Removes the current topic row.
5 41086 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
5 41082 21 Moves the current topic row down.
5 53303 3a Specifies the topics to be printed on the agenda template.
5 41075 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
5 41078 53 Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing.
5 41076 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
5 41077 5f Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template.
5 53304 36 Choose the title and location for the agenda template.
5 41074 2a Specifies the name of the agenda template.
1d .uno%3AAutoPilotPresentations 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
a 1088492035 44 Returns to the previous step without deleting your current settings.
16 .uno%3ANewPresentation 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
c slot%3A10425 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
a 1088492036 34 Accepts the new settings and moves to the next page.
a 1088492049 2c Click Open to see a file selection dialogue.
a 1088487951 34 Displays a list of previously created presentations.
a 1088488455 36 Specifies that templates appear in the preview window.
a 1088487948 3d Opens a list box containing various modifiable presentations.
a 1088488456 71 Specifies that you only want the Wizard to start when you expressly request it with File - Wizard - Presentation.
5 59885 3a Lists the available template categories for presentations.
a 1088487947 23 Creates a new (empty) presentation.
5 59887 10a Lists the presentations that you created and saved to the Templates directory that is specified under %PRODUCTNAME - Paths in the Options dialogue box. To edit the layout and formatting of a presentation with the wizard, select the presentation, and then click Next.
5 59886 3a Lists the available template categories for presentations.
5 59771 44 Specifies the presentation type and allows you to select a template.
5 59772 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
5 59888 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
a 1088487972 2c Creates a presentation to be used as slides.
a 1088491041 5e Allows you to select a slide design for the presentation you selected on page 1 of the Wizard.
a 1088487971 2c Creates a computer screen presentation only.
a 1088487974 34 Creates a presentation that can be printed on paper.
a 1088487973 3d Creates a presentation to be used as overhead transparencies.
a 1088487975 2e Uses the original page format of the template.
a 1088495666 2f Defines the duration of each presentation page.
a 1088495668 2c Defines the pause between each presentation.
5 59773 46 Assigns special effects to your presentation and determines its speed.
a 1088488501 5f Specifies whether to display the $[officename] logo during the pause between each presentation.
a 1088487984 49 Runs the presentation automatically, and restarts it again after a break.
a 1088487983 60 The Default option runs the presentation as a full screen presentation with the specified speed.
a 1088491051 2a Specifies an effect for your presentation.
a 1088491053 1c Determines the effect speed.
a 1088489495 30 Specifies your name or the name of your company.
a 1088489497 29 Specifies the topic of your presentation.
a 1088490011 66 Use this field for further thoughts and ideas that you would like to cover later in your presentation.
5 59774 30 Specifies your name or the name of your company.
a 1088488511 2f Creates a summary of all presentation contents.
5 59775 2f Creates a summary of all presentation contents.
5 34400 28 Activates the Wizard for creating forms.
5 34404 39 Click to create the form without answering further pages.
5 40853 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34433 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41215 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 41216 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 34214 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 40915 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 40858 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 40854 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40855 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40851 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34417 2d Displays the fields that are in the new form.
5 34436 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41239 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 34418 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 40852 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34438 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 34412 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34439 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 41210 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41213 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34419 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 34432 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34213 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 34413 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34434 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40920 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
5 34415 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40916 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41211 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40917 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41212 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34411 42 Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.
5 34416 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34414 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 41238 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 40857 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 34435 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 40919 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
5 41209 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34424 32 Select the relation on which the subform is based.
5 34423 3d Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields.
5 34422 35 Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.
5 34421 18 Select to add a subform.
5 34431 44 Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.
5 34437 3d Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.
5 34444 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34448 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34446 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34445 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34442 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34443 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34447 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34441 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
5 34453 51 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.
5 34455 2d Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.
5 34454 47 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.
5 34456 31 Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.
5 34451 1c The labels are left-aligned.
5 34452 1d The labels are right-aligned.
5 34464 21 Select to disallow deleting data.
5 34463 20 Select to disallow editing data.
5 34465 23 Select to disallow adding new data.
5 34461 37 Creates a form that is only used for entering new data.
5 34462 4f Creates a form that can be used to display existing data and to enter new data.
5 34474 2b Specifies that the field borders look flat.
5 34472 29 Specifies that the fields have no border.
5 34473 30 Specifies that the field borders have a 3D look.
5 34471 26 Specifies the page style for the form.
5 34483 3f Saves the form, and opens it in edit mode to change the layout.
5 34482 4a Saves the form, and opens it as a form document to enter and display data.
5 34481 1f Specifies the name of the form.
5 38995 2a Activates the wizard for creating reports.
5 34320 1d Select the report properties.
5 34330 40 Select the table or query for which the report is to be created.
5 34336 38 Displays all fields that are included in the new report.
5 34335 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34333 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34332 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34334 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34331 4a Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
5 34381 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34386 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34385 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34383 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34382 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34384 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
5 34341 4a Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34342 4a Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
5 34340 c6 Lists the fields from your selection on the previous page of the Wizard. To group the report by a field, select the field name, then click the > button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
5 34343 b4 Lists the fields by which the report will be grouped. To remove one level of grouping, select the field name, then click the < button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
5 34353 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
5 34352 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
5 34346 33 Select the first field by which to sort the report.
5 34354 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
5 34356 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
5 34357 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
5 34351 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
5 34355 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
5 34348 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
5 34347 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
5 34350 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
5 34349 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
5 34365 34 Selects a landscape page orientation for the report.
5 34366 33 Selects a portrait page orientation for the report.
5 34363 65 Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.
5 34364 8a Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.
5 34362 43 Specifies the title that is printed at the title line of each page.
5 34370 6f Saves the report as a template. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents.
5 34371 89 Saves the report as a static report. When you open a static report, it will always display the data from the time the report was created.
5 34375 30 When you click Finish, the report will be saved.
5 34374 44 When you click Finish, the report will be saved and opened for edit.
5 59873 35 Creates a new design in the next pages of the Wizard.
a 1085850115 35 Creates a new design in the next pages of the Wizard.
a 1085850116 81 Loads an existing design from the design list to use as a starting point for the steps to follow on the next pages of the Wizard.
a 1085854214 31 Deletes the selected design from the design list.
a 1085853189 1e Displays all existing designs.
a 1085850154 3d Used by WebCast export to create HTML pages and Perl scripts.
a 1085851692 66 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) to be entered by the viewer in order to see the presentation.
a 1085850153 99 When you select the ASP option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.
a 1085850134 2e Creates standard HTML pages from export pages.
5 59874 2e Creates standard HTML pages from export pages.
a 1085850135 b2 Creates standard HTML pages with frames. The exported page will be placed in the main frame, and the frame to the left will display a table of contents in the form of hyperlinks.
a 1085850147 8b The page transition takes place automatically after the specified period of time elapses and does not depend on the presentation's contents
a 1085850136 87 Creates a default HTML presentation as a kiosk export, in which the slides are automatically advanced after a specified amount of time.
a 1085857829 32 Defines the amount of time for each slide display.
a 1085850662 55 Automatically restarts the HTML presentation after the last slide has been displayed.
a 1085850137 52 In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support.
a 1085851694 6f Specifies the URL (absolute or relative), where the created HTML presentation on the web server has been saved.
a 1085850655 27 Creates a title page for your document.
a 1085851696 48 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) for the generated Perl scripts.
a 1085850146 d4 The slide transition depends on the timing that you set for each slide in the presentation. If you set a manual page transition, the HTML presentation introduces a new page by pressing any key from your keyboard.
a 1085850656 2d Specifies that your notes are also displayed.
a 1085850163 7a The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colours.
a 1085850165 83 The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colours.
a 1085850164 76 The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colours.
a 1085850171 3a Select a high resolution for a high quality slide display.
a 1085850170 3d Select the medium resolution for a medium-sized presentation.
a 1085850169 5f Select the low resolution to keep the file size small, even for presentations with many slides.
a 1085853751 b4 Specifies the compression factor of the JPEG graphic. A 100% value offers the best quality for a large data range. The 25% factor indicates small files with inferior image quality.
a 1085850685 60 Specifies that the sound files that are defined as an effect for slide transitions are exported.
5 59875 7a The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colours.
a 1085852234 36 Specifies additional text to appear on the title page.
a 1085851718 1d Specifies the e-mail address.
5 59876 2f Specifies the name of the publication's author.
a 1085851716 2f Specifies the name of the publication's author.
a 1085851720 49 Specifies your homepage. A hyperlink will be inserted in the publication.
5 59877 30 Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.
a 1085850706 30 Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.
a 1085854314 59 Opens the Colour dialogue, where you can select the hyperlink colour of the presentation.
a 1085850215 44 Allows you to define your own colours for some presentation objects.
a 1085854313 54 Opens the Colour dialogue, where you can select the text colour of the presentation.
a 1085850214 35 Uses the default colours of the viewer's Web Browser.
a 1085854315 5c Opens the Colour dialogue, where you can select the visited link colour of the presentation.
a 1085854316 5b Opens the Colour dialogue, where you can select the active link colour of the presentation.
a 1085850221 44 Determines the colours from the styles used in the current document.
a 1085854312 59 Opens the Color dialogue, where you can select the background colour of the presentation.
5 59878 44 Determines the colours from the styles used in the current document.
5 65064 13 Creates the object.
5 65060 13 Creates the object.
5 65056 13 Creates the object.
5 34571 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
5 34570 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
5 34580 5a Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
5 34579 55 Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
5 34597 55 Converts documents in the old format of Calc *.sdc into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
5 34578 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
5 34577 56 Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.
5 34599 9a Converts documents in the old format of Writer master documents *.sgl into OpenDocument *.odm documents, and Math *.smf into OpenDocument *.odf documents.
5 34598 8a Converts documents in the old format of Draw *.sda into OpenDocument *.odg documents, and Impress *.sdd into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
5 34575 51 Converts old binary documents into the OpenDocument format used by $[officename].
5 34596 57 Converts documents in the old format of Writer *.sdw into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
5 34576 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
5 34586 31 Indicates that the documents are to be converted.
5 34582 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
5 34584 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
5 34590 2c Opens a dialogue to select the desired path.
5 34585 2c Opens a dialogue to select the desired path.
5 34587 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
5 34583 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
5 34581 2d Specifies that templates are to be converted.
5 34588 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
5 34589 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
5 34670 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
5 34668 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
5 34667 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
5 34661 1d Converts the entire document.
5 34662 36 All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.
5 34666 32 Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.
5 34680 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
5 34675 30 Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.
5 34671 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
5 34672 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
5 34660 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
5 34677 3d Opens a dialogue to select the desired directory or document.
31 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FEuro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
5 34674 24 Activates the help for the dialogue.
5 34669 32 Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.
5 34665 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
5 34663 3f All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.
5 34678 51 Opens a dialogue in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
5 34676 16 Starts the conversion.
5 34673 1a Closes the Euro Converter.
5 26083 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
5 34664 3c All currency cells in the active document will be converted.
5 34679 be Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialogue for entering the password.
9 859636234 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Groupwise.
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
9 859636225 4d Select this option if you already use an address book in Mozilla or Netscape.
5 65072 46 Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialogue.
9 859636231 61 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook (not Outlook Express).
9 859636235 48 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution LDAP.
9 859636226 45 Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird.
9 859636227 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution.
9 859636232 53 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook Express.
5 65071 32 Exits the wizard without implementing any changes.
c slot%3A10934 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
9 859636230 46 Select this option if you already have address data on an LDAP server.
5 65074 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
9 859636229 4b Select this option if you already use an address book in OS X Address book.
9 859636228 4a Select this option if you already use an address book in KDE Address book.
9 859636233 60 Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].
9 859635712 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
9 859656705 3c Calls a dialogue in which you can enter additional settings.
3d extensions%3AListBox%3ARID_PAGE_TABLESELECTION%3ALB_TABLELIST 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
5 38809 2d Specifies the location using a file dialogue.
9 859705859 2d Specifies the location using a file dialogue.
9 859703297 1f Specifies the data source name.
9 859702273 db Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.
9 859689474 36 Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialogue.
5 42775 b3 Read and accept the licence text to continue. You need to scroll to the end of the licence text before you can continue. If you decline the licence, the installation is cancelled.
5 42778 d2 The user name is used for the document properties, templates, and when you record changes made to documents. This page is only displayed if a previous installation of %PRODUCTNAME is not found on your computer.
5 42776 5e You can use this page to import user data from a previously installed version of %PRODUCTNAME.
5 42774 68 The Start-up Wizard helps you to specify the user settings for %PRODUCTNAME. This wizard only runs once.
5 42773 68 The Start-up Wizard helps you to specify the user settings for %PRODUCTNAME. This wizard only runs once.
35 service%3Acom.sun.star.wizards.web.CallWizard%3Fstart 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
5 34200 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
5 34207 7f Select the settings that you want to load and then click Load. To start the wizard with the default settings, select "default".
5 34209 1e Deletes the selected settings.
5 34210 f9 Lists the documents that you want to publish to your web site. The wizard can convert %PRODUCTNAME documents to HTML, PDF, or, in some cases, Flash format before the documents are uploaded. All other files are uploaded in their original file format.
5 34211 df Opens a dialogue where you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.
5 34218 44 Select the file format that you want to export the selected file to.
5 34217 37 Enter the name of the author for the selected document.
5 34212 28 Removes the selected file from the list.
5 34216 2e Enter a description for the selected document.
5 34215 88 Enter the title for the selected document. The title appears as a hyperlink to the selected document on the index page of your web site.
5 34222 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34228 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34220 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34225 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34223 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34226 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34227 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34224 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34221 25 Select the layout for the index page.
5 34236 44 Includes the summary information of the documents on the index page.
5 34243 36 Displays the file size in kilobytes on the index page.
5 34241 30 Displays the file format icon on the index page.
5 34240 33 Displays the format of the files on the index page.
5 34235 3b Includes the file names of the documents on the index page.
5 34237 4d Includes the names of the people who created the documents on the index page.
5 34245 3d Optimizes the web site for a 800x600 pixel screen resolution.
5 34242 3c Displays the number of pages in your site on the index page.
5 34238 3f Includes the creation dates of the documents on the index page.
5 34239 49 Includes the date of the last time a file was modified on the index page.
5 34246 3e Optimizes the web site for a 1024x768 pixel screen resolution.
5 34244 3d Optimizes the web site for a 640x480 pixel screen resolution.
5 34249 54 Select the Icons that you want to use for the navigation elements on the index page.
5 34247 2c Select the colour scheme for the index page.
5 34248 2d Select a Background image for the index page.
5 34291 50 Opens a file open dialogue to select a background image file for the index page.
5 34290 36 Specifies a background image for the Web Wizard style.
5 34292 30 Clears the background image from the index page.
5 41002 28 Clears the icon set from the index page.
5 41000 53 Select an icon set for navigation on HTML presentation documents in the Web Wizard.
5 34255 53 Enter the creation date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34253 56 Enter a description for the index page. The description is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34259 58 Enter the copyright notice for the index page. The notice is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34258 57 Enter the e-mail address for the index page. The address is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34250 5f Enter the title for the index page. This element is displayed on the title bar of web browsers.
5 34256 53 Enter the modified date for the index page. The date is stored in an HTML meta tag.
5 34270 35 Saves the settings that you specified in this wizard.
5 34271 25 Enter the name for the settings file.
5 34267 c6 Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34265 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34264 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34262 d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34261 d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34268 c6 Uploads your files to an FTP server. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34263 24 Opens a dialogue to select a folder.
5 34260 48 Opens your web page in the default web browser of your operating system.
5 34266 48 Opens a dialogue where you can specify the location of the archive file.
5 34269 69 Opens the FTP Connection dialogue where you can edit and test the connection settings for the FTP server.
5 41046 53 Opens a dialogue where you can specify the FTP server directory to store the files.
5 41045 57 Enter the location of a directory on the FTP server where you want to store your files.
5 41043 3d Enter the password that is required to access the FTP server.
5 41042 3e Enter the user name that is required to access the FTP server.
5 41040 44 Edit and test the FTP server connection settings for the Web Wizard.
5 41044 33 Tests the FTP connection with the current settings.
5 41041 2f Enter the name or IP address of the FTP server.
5 38868 51 Specifies the criteria by which the content of the data field should be filtered.
5 38861 26 Select conditions to define the query.
a 1388496899 2a Enter the name of the query or table view.
5 38854 50 Double-click fields to add them to the query. Drag-and-drop to define relations.
a 1388498946 49 Enter the name of the schema that is assigned to the query or table view.
5 38863 4b The corresponding database table of the selected data field is listed here.
5 38865 66 If you click the cell, you can select among the sorting options: ascending, descending and not sorted.
5 38866 2b Select a function to run in the query here.
5 38864 7c Enter the name of the data field that you referred to in the Query. All settings made in the lower rows refer to this field.
5 38979 15 Edit Join Properties.
5 38862 5a If you mark the Visible property for a data field, that field will be visible in the query
5 38867 8d Specifies an alias. This alias will be listed in a query instead of the field name. This makes it possible to use user-defined column labels.
5 38856 2d Specifies the link type of the selected link.
5 39150 f7 Inserts the keyword NATURAL into the SQL statement that defines the relation. The relation joins all columns that have the same column name in both tables. The resulting joined table contains only one column for each pair of equally named columns.
5 38982 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
5 38981 35 Specifies two different tables that you want to join.
a 1388693523 17 Enter the old password.
a 1388693525 17 Enter the new password.
a 1111689228 23 Specifies the name of the new user.
a 1388693527 1d Enter the new password again.
5 38896 2c This button opens the Field Format dialogue.
5 38890 4f If this command has a check mark, the data field in this line is a primary key.
5 38886 84 Specifies the name of the data field. Note the database restrictions, such as the length of the name, special characters and spaces.
5 38895 41 Displays the format code that you can select with the ... button.
5 38884 32 This area is where you define the table structure.
5 38894 3c Specifies the value that is the default in new data records.
5 38887 19 Specifies the field type.
5 38888 22 Specifies an optional description.
5 38889 96 Inserts an empty row above the current row, if the table has not been saved. Inserts an empty row at the end of the table if the table has been saved.
5 38881 14 Displays help texts.
5 38969 52 Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialogue was started.
5 38970 87 Displays the available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialogue.
5 38967 1a Renames the current index.
5 38966 1a Deletes the current index.
5 38965 14 Creates a new index.
5 38974 1a Determines the sort order.
a 1388626945 3e Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.
5 38973 57 Displays a list of the fields in the current table. You can select more than one field.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 4c The Index Design dialogue allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
5 38968 2b Saves the current index in the data source.
a 1388630529 14 Closes the dialogue.
a 1388625920 4c The Index Design dialogue allows you edit the indexes for the current table.
5 38920 57 Here you can link together tables from the current database through common data fields.
5 38922 4a The names of the tables selected for the link appear here as column names.
5 38924 28 Defines the key fields for the relation.
5 38923 4a The names of the tables selected for the link appear here as column names.
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 3c Allows you to define and edit a relation between two tables.
9 851640836 40 Appends the data of the table to be copied to an existing table.
5 38919 1e Specifies a name for the copy.
9 851640833 29 Creates a 1:1 copy of the database table.
9 851640834 40 Copies only the table definition and not the corresponding data.
9 851641349 4a Automatically generates a primary key data field and fills it with values.
9 851642371 46 Specifies a name for the primary key generated. This name is optional.
9 851640835 b4 If the database supports Views, you can select this option only when a query is copied in a table container. This option enables you to see and edit a query as a normal table view.
9 851602947 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
9 851602945 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
9 851594241 bc Lists the available data fields that you can include in the copied table. To copy a data field, click its name, and then click the > button. To copy all of the fields, click the >> button.
9 851602946 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
9 851594242 3e Lists the fields that you want to include in the copied table.
9 851602948 5a Adds or removes the selected field (> or < button) or all of the fields (<< or >> button).
5 38905 7a Enter the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.
9 851612165 23 Enables automatic type recognition.
5 38902 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
5 38901 14 Select a field type.
9 851613697 40 Enter the number of lines to use for automatic type recognition.
5 38900 32 Enter the number of characters for the data field.
9 851610626 43 Lists the data fields that will be included in to the copied table.
5 38897 2c Select the default value for a Yes/No field.
5 38904 32 Enter the number of characters for the data field.
5 38917 a0 Lists the possible data fields in the destination table. Only the data fields that are selected in the source table list will be included the destination table.
9 851635726 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
9 851628560 2b Selects all of the data fields in the list.
5 38916 168 Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, select the check box in front of the data field name. To map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.
9 851635727 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
9 851635724 35 Moves the selected entry up one position in the list.
9 851628561 2a Clears all of the check boxes in the list.
9 851635725 37 Moves the selected entry down one position in the list.
5 38998 67 Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.
5 38993 89 Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.
5 38997 63 Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.
5 38929 b2 Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.
5 38816 56 Use this text field to enter additional optional driver settings if this is necessary.
5 38994 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
5 38812 7f Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.
5 38814 63 Opens the Indexes dialogue, where you can organise the table indexes in the current dBASE database.
a 1388342787 38 Moves all of the free indexes to the Table Indexes list.
a 1388342785 33 Moves the selected index to the Table Indexes list.
a 1388334593 3a Lists the current indexes for the selected database table.
a 1388335105 31 Select the database table that you want to index.
a 1388342786 3a Moves the selected table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
a 1388342788 38 Moves all of the table indexes to the Free Indexes list.
a 1388334594 3b Lists the available indexes that you can assign to a table.
a 1388677635 3a Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.
a 1388677640 48 Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.
a 1388678662 6a Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click Run.
a 1388679684 40 Runs the command that you entered in the Command to execute box.
d .uno%3ASortup 5b Sorts the list of table names in ascending order starting at the beginning of the alphabet.
5 38827 ed Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
5 10712 5b Sorts the list of table names in ascending order starting at the beginning of the alphabet.
5 38951 1a Removes the selected user.
5 38949 34 Adds a new user for accessing the selected database.
5 38950 3d Changes the current user password for accessing the database.
5 38953 32 Select the user whose settings you want to modify.
5 38952 4c Displays and lets you edit the database access rights for the selected user.
a 1388611585 37 Displays the path and the name of the SYSDEVSPACE file.
a 1388615683 42 Displays the amount of used space in the database as a percentage.
a 1388613121 38 Displays the path and the name of the DATADEVSPACE file.
a 1388611589 53 Displays the amount of free space (in megabytes) that is available in the database.
a 1388611586 3a Displays the path and the name of the TRANSACTIONLOG file.
a 1388611588 36 Displays the full size (in megabytes) of the database.
5 37274 4d Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.
5 37282 2c Enter the path for the transaction log file.
5 37281 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37276 a1 Enter the name of the domain user that is used by Adabas internally. Normally, the default settings for the name and password of the domain user are not changed.
5 37283 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37275 2e Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes.
5 37287 34 Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.
5 37280 27 Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.
5 37273 11 Enter a password.
5 37284 25 Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.
5 37286 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
5 37270 2d Enter the name of the database administrator.
5 37277 11 Enter a password.
5 37271 11 Enter a password.
5 37272 cb Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database. Normally, the default settings for the name and the password of the control user are not changed.
5 37269 1e Type the name of the database.
5 39066 d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
5 39031 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
5 39063 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
5 39052 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
5 38827 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
5 39062 2d Creates an index with ASC or DESC statements.
5 39033 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
5 39061 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
5 39060 b9 Uses the current data source of the catalogue. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
5 39032 44 Replaces named parameters in a data source with a question mark (?).
5 39017 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
5 38777 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
5 38840 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
9 851543041 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
5 39015 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
5 39116 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
9 851546626 38 Tests the database connection with the current settings.
5 39014 2f Enter the path to the folder of the text files.
5 39115 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
5 39112 1f Enter the name of the database.
5 39007 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
5 39148 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
9 851448326 aa Opens a file selection dialogue where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialogue to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
9 851444227 64 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialogue.
5 38807 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
5 39070 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
9 851447299 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
5 39069 20 Select to create a new database.
5 39143 46 Select to call the Table Wizard after the Database Wizard is finished.
5 39144 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
5 39142 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
5 39141 118 Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - Other) or in a mail merge.
5 39085 28 Specifies the path to the database file.
5 39086 28 Click to open a file selection dialogue.
5 39095 28 Click to open a file selection dialogue.
5 39094 24 Enter the name of the database file.
5 39133 2b A password must contain 3 to 18 characters.
5 39134 30 A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.
5 39118 2c Click to open a database selection dialogue.
5 39117 1a Enter the data source URL.
5 39073 1f Open a path selection dialogue.
5 39072 28 Enter the path to the dBASE *.dbf files.
5 39108 df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
5 39114 df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
5 39113 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
5 38815 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
5 38944 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
5 39088 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
5 39090 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
5 39087 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
5 39089 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
5 38945 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
5 38943 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
5 39097 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
5 39098 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
5 39123 24 Enter the path to the database file.
5 39124 35 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialogue:
5 39104 26 Enter the URL for the database server.
5 39102 26 Enter the name of the Oracle database.
5 39103 2e Enter the port number for the database server.
5 39127 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
5 39128 28 Click to open a file selection dialogue.
5 39129 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
5 39077 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
5 38821 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
5 38820 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
5 39075 1a Click to access txt files.
5 38818 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
5 39078 42 Click to access custom files. Enter the extension in the text box.
5 38819 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
5 39076 1a Click to access csv files.
5 39080 28 Click to open a file selection dialogue.
5 39079 fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognised as files of the text database.
5 38907 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 27 Opens the Database Properties dialogue.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
5 12291 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 27 Opens the Advanced Properties dialogue.
5 38908 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
5 12293 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
f .uno%3ADBDelete 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
a 1388759041 27 Enter the file name for the saved form.
a 1388768769 36 Click to create a new folder within the database file.
a 1388768770 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
a 1388761603 2c Click to save the form to the database file.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
5 38906 1c Opens the table design view.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 46 Opens a dialogue where you can save a new folder in the database file.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4d Opens the User Administration dialogue if the database supports this feature.
5 38826 66 Opens the Table Filter dialogue where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 3a Opens the SQL dialogue where you can enter SQL statements.
14 .uno%3ADBTableFilter 66 Opens the Table Filter dialogue where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 10 Opens a submenu.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 2c Disables the preview in the database window.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
d .uno%3ADBSort 10 Opens a submenu.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 10 Opens a submenu.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
9 851464705 c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
9 851495426 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 9b Select to use the same user name and password without further dialogue, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 32 Enter the user name to connect to the data source.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 31 Enter the password to connect to the data source.
5 40970 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
5 40850 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
5 40856 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
5 40876 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40872 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40875 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40865 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
5 40870 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40873 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40867 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
5 40868 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40866 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40869 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
5 40871 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40874 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
5 40880 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40879 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
5 40883 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40881 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40887 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40888 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40878 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
5 40884 24 Select the condition for the filter.
5 40882 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40885 29 Enter the value for the filter condition.
5 40886 2f Select the field name for the filter condition.
5 40898 1e Select the numeric field name.
5 40907 1e Appends a new row of controls.
5 40908 21 Removes the last row of controls.
5 40895 28 Select to show all records of the query.
5 40896 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
5 40897 1e Select the aggregate function.
5 40918 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
5 40930 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40927 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40923 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
5 40933 2b Enter the value for the grouping condition.
5 40931 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40924 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
5 40925 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40929 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40928 31 Select the field name for the grouping condition.
5 40926 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40932 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
5 40940 23 Enter the alias for the field name.
5 40956 25 Select to save and display the query.
5 40957 31 Select to save the query and open it for editing.
5 40958 20 Displays a summary of the query.
5 40955 1c Enter the name of the query.
a 1577878533 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
a 1577878529 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 61 You can open the Date and Time dialogue of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
5 64519 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
5 64523 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
5 64522 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
5 64521 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
5 64518 e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
a 1577861638 17 Bottom of Page (Footer)
a 1577861635 b Page N of M
a 1577861637 14 Top of Page (Header)
a 1577864712 9 Alignment
a 1577861634 6 Page N
5 64506 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 5a To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.
5 65222 f Vert. Alignment
5 64514 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
5 64478 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
5 64494 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
5 64473 c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
5 64524 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
5 64513 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
5 64510 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
5 64479 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
5 64507 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
5 64515 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
5 64505 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
5 64501 17 Print when group change
5 64526 f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
5 64512 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
5 64504 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
5 64493 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
5 64527 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
5 64511 54 Sets the background colour for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
5 64477 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
5 64532 2a Moves the selected field down in the list.
5 64463 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
a 2114719242 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b4 In the Sorting and Grouping dialogue of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
a 2114719238 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
5 64533 29 Removes the selected field from the list.
5 64531 28 Moves the selected field up in the list.
5 64461 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
a 2114721800 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
a 2114719234 28 Select to show or hide the Group Header.
a 2114719236 28 Select to show or hide the Group Footer.
a 2114719249 19 Select the sorting order.
5 41200 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
5 41207 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
5 41208 a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
5 41214 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
5 41206 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
5 38996 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
5 38898 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
5 41223 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
5 38899 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
5 41220 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
5 41225 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
5 41224 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
5 41229 b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
5 41236 aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
5 41233 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
5 41227 cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
5 41231 16 Select the field name.
5 41234 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
5 41228 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
5 41230 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
5 41232 b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
5 41242 29 Select to save and edit the table design.
5 41241 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
5 41243 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
5 41240 19 Specifies the table name.
5 41245 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
5 41244 58 Select the catalogue for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogues)
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 44 Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 1b Deletes the selected query.
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 1c Renames the selected report.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 1b Renames the selected table.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 42 Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 1b Deletes the selected table.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 1c Deletes the selected report.
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 43 Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 43 Opens the selected query so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 1b Renames the selected query.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 1a Deletes the selected form.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 1a Renames the selected form.
5 40026 3e Click to apply the alignment to the selected Fontwork objects.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 6b Switches the letter height of the selected Fontwork objects from normal to the same height for all objects.
5 40027 2b Enter the Fontwork character spacing value.
5 10982 2c Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing window.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 24 Opens the Fontwork Alignment window.
5 10981 24 Opens the Fontwork Alignment window.
5 33949 46 Click to apply the character spacing to the selected Fontwork objects.
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes 64 Opens the Fontwork Shape toolbar. Click a shape to apply the shape to all selected Fontwork objects.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 2c Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing window.
5 10980 6b Switches the letter height of the selected Fontwork objects from normal to the same height for all objects.
a 1495598081 dc Enable to share the current document with other users. Disable to use the document unshared. This will invalidate the not yet saved edits that other users applied in the time since you last opened or saved this document.
a 1495585283 2a Keeps your change, voids the other change.
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 68 Opens the Share Document dialogue where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.
a 1495585287 39 Keeps the changes of all other users, voids your changes.
a 1495585284 36 Keeps the change of the other user, voids your change.
a 1495585286 30 Keeps all your changes, voids all other changes.
5 59023 8b If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialogue opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
5 10730 64 If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 64 If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
5 10731 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 3b Opens a dialogue where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
5 10759 de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 69 To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the Filter navigation icon on the filter bar.
5 10758 de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
5 10760 de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
5 10732 69 To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the Filter navigation icon on the filter bar.
5 37774 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
5 33793 bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
5 21760 9b To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Graphics Export dialogue. Enter a file name and select a file type.
25 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AImpressButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AOpenButton 37 The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialogue.
20 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ADBButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ACalcButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AMathButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
5 40368 38 Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialogue.
26 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ATemplateButton 3e The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialogue.
22 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3ADrawButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 .HelpId%3AStartCenter%3AWriterButton 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
c .uno%3AAbout 4b Displays general program information such as version number and copyrights.
4 5401 4a Opens the main page of the $[officename] Help for the current application.
4 5301 4b Displays general program information such as version number and copyrights.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 4a Opens the main page of the $[officename] Help for the current application.
4 6683 28 Shows information on how to get support.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 4c The Help menu allows you to start and control the $[officename] Help system.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 108 Enable an Internet connection for %PRODUCTNAME. If you need a Proxy, check the %PRODUCTNAME Proxy settings in %PRODUCTNAME - PreferencesTools - Options - Internet. Then choose Check for Updates to check for the availability of a newer version of your office suite.
4 5410 4c The Help menu allows you to start and control the $[officename] Help system.
2c service%3Acom.sun.star.tab.tabreg%3Fpurchase 79 This menu command is visible for the evaluation version of %PRODUCTNAME. Choose to open the Purchase %PRODUCTNAME Wizard.
12 .uno%3AHelpSupport 28 Shows information on how to get support.
4 5402 47 Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer till the next click.
3 560 41 The Standard bar is available in every $[officename] application.
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 47 Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer till the next click.
5 33965 9a Use the Hyperlink Bar to create and edit the hyperlinks in your documents, and to enter criteria for searches using the available Internet search engines.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 34 Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 15 Creates a new record.
5 10622 59 Shows the number of the current record. Enter a number to go to the corresponding record.
e .uno%3ARecSave 41 Saves a new data entry. The change is registered in the database.
5 10617 1d Takes you to the next record.
5 10618 21 Takes you to the previous record.
5 10616 1e Takes you to the first record.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 59 Shows the number of the current record. Enter a number to go to the corresponding record.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 1d Takes you to the next record.
5 10627 41 Saves a new data entry. The change is registered in the database.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 40 Deletes a record. A query needs to be confirmed before deleting.
5 10620 15 Creates a new record.
5 10621 40 Deletes a record. A query needs to be confirmed before deleting.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 21 Takes you to the previous record.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 1d Takes you to the last record.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 1e Takes you to the first record.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 20 Allows you to undo a data entry.
5 10619 1d Takes you to the last record.
5 10630 20 Allows you to undo a data entry.
5 27154 3d Specifies that you can move objects only between grid points.
e .uno%3AGridUse 3d Specifies that you can move objects only between grid points.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 39 Converts the selected point or points into corner points.
5 27065 4f Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 4d This icon converts a corner point or a smooth point into a symmetrical point.
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 3c Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 2e Activates a mode in which you can move points.
5 10119 41 Activates the insert mode. This mode allows you to insert points.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 41 Activates the insert mode. This mode allows you to insert points.
5 54834 53 The Edit Points Bar appears when you select a polygon object and click Edit Points.
5 27066 39 Converts the selected point or points into corner points.
5 10123 41 Converts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point.
5 27067 4d This icon converts a corner point or a smooth point into a symmetrical point.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 76 The Split Curve icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete a8 Use the Delete Points icon to delete one or several selected points. If you wish to select several points click the appropriate points while holding down the Shift key.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 19 Closes a line or a curve.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 41 Converts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point.
5 27030 3c Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.
5 10120 a8 Use the Delete Points icon to delete one or several selected points. If you wish to select several points click the appropriate points while holding down the Shift key.
5 10127 76 The Split Curve icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon
5 10121 2e Activates a mode in which you can move points.
5 10122 19 Closes a line or a curve.
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 4f Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 45 This command opens a dialogue for a customised program configuration.
5 34917 18 Select an entry to edit.
5 31630 45 This command opens a dialogue for a customised program configuration.
9 879216674 13 Type your initials.
9 733497382 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 733497378 31 Type your private telephone number in this field.
9 879233060 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
9 733497361 13 Type your initials.
9 733497364 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
9 879233065 10 Type your state.
9 879233073 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 733497370 10 Type your state.
9 733497355 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
9 879216672 15 Type your first name.
9 879216681 10 Type your state.
9 733497371 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879233085 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
9 733497379 24 Type your work number in this field.
9 879216676 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
9 879233079 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
9 879216692 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 879233063 1d Type the city where you live.
9 733497360 14 Type your last name.
9 733497359 15 Type your first name.
9 879216689 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 733497381 23 Type your fax number in this field.
9 879216684 1e Type your title in this field.
9 879216678 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879216673 14 Type your last name.
9 733497369 1d Type the city where you live.
9 879216679 1d Type the city where you live.
9 879233076 19 Type your e-mail address.
9 733497368 1d Type the city where you live.
9 733497367 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 879233062 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
9 733497376 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
9 733497373 10 Type your state.
9 733497375 1e Type your title in this field.
5 34872 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
a 1111557136 c4 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialogue box.
9 733479947 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
9 733485073 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
9 733482541 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
5 34870 72 In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
9 733479978 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
9 733479948 16e If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialogue. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
9 733479950 5d Specifies that the Properties dialogue will appear every time you select the Save As command.
9 733479956 61 When saving the document, %PRODUCTNAME writes the XML data without indents and extra line breaks.
9 733479977 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
9 733479951 d5 Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time %PRODUCTNAME creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.
9 733479952 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
9 733482520 fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
9 733479958 c4 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialogue box.
9 733482543 b3 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialogue.
5 34871 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
9 733581837 38 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialogue.
9 733581838 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
5 34916 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
a 1240878603 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
a 1240879630 64 Opens the Select Path dialogue to select another folder or the Open dialogue to select another file.
5 34886 28 Contains the installed language modules.
a 1270417444 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
a 1270400014 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
9 733598522 8c Opens the New Dictionary dialogue, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
a 1251186996 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
5 34876 73 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialogue, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
a 1270418957 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
5 34889 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
9 733598321 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
a 1270420007 a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
5 34884 26 Lists the available user dictionaries.
a 1270417446 a6 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.
9 733598523 73 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialogue, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
9 733598524 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
5 34875 8c Opens the New Dictionary dialogue, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
5 34887 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
a 1270420008 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
5 12021 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
5 34873 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
a 1270402573 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
a 1270401035 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
a 1270418976 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
9 733598331 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
a 1251201846 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
a 1251201845 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
a 1251200831 25 Specifies the language of the module.
5 34885 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
a 1251201847 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
9 701698561 12 Adds a new colour.
9 701705734 66 Opens the Save As dialogue, which enables you to save the current colour table under a specified name.
5 35114 4 Blue
9 701696001 6b Specifies the name of a selected colour. You can also type a name in this field when defining a new colour.
5 35112 3 Red
9 701697538 5d To modify, select the colour model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).
9 701698563 1b Changes the current colour.
9 701697537 53 Contains a list of available colours. To select a colour, choose one from the list.
9 701698562 47 Accesses the Open dialogue, which allows you to select a colour palette
9 701705733 47 Accesses the Open dialogue, which allows you to select a colour palette
5 35113 5 Green
5 34869 62 Allows you to select a colour from a colour table, edit an existing colour, or define new colours.
5 35115 34 Sets the Cyan colour value in the CMYK colour model.
a 1090066953 36 Sets the Yellow colour value in the CMYK colour model.
a 1090064897 bb Click the <-- button to replace the selected colour in the colour palette with the colour selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a colour in one of the four corners.
a 1090066438 2c Sets the Brightness in the HSB colour model.
5 35117 36 Sets the Yellow colour value in the CMYK colour model.
a 1090064898 b9 Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the colour, which corresponds to the selected colour in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.
a 1090066437 2c Sets the Saturation in the HSB colour model.
a 1090066433 32 Sets the Red colour value in the RGB colour model.
9 701700612 44 Sets the Black colour value or key (black) in the CMYK colour model.
a 1090066954 44 Sets the Black colour value or key (black) in the CMYK colour model.
a 1090066436 25 Sets the Hue in the HSB colour model.
a 1090066435 33 Sets the Blue colour value in the RGB colour model.
a 1090066951 34 Sets the Cyan colour value in the CMYK colour model.
5 35116 37 Sets the Magenta colour value in the CMYK colour model.
a 1090066952 37 Sets the Magenta colour value in the CMYK colour model.
a 1090066434 34 Sets the Green colour value in the RGB colour model.
9 817038348 65 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialogue.
9 817038349 b0 Specifies that the Help Agent will be displayed automatically in selected situations. Click the Help Agent window to see a Help page with information about the current context.
9 817038397 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
9 817041934 67 Click Reset Help Agent to restore the default list of situations for which the Help Agent is displayed.
9 817040912 27 Choose the style of $[officename] Help.
9 817038347 86 Displays the icon names and more bubble help information, for example, chapter names when you scroll through a document with chapters.
9 817043498 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognises a two-digit year.
9 817038391 88 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogues are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogues of the operating system are used.
9 701006873 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
9 701009435 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
9 701009923 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
9 701006869 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
9 701009925 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
9 701009432 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
5 35025 26 Applies the selected font replacement.
5 35026 26 Deletes the selected font replacement.
5 34907 f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
5 35023 e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
5 34909 17 Specifies view options.
9 817071172 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
24 SVX_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_LB_ICONSTYLE 3a Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogues.
2e svx%3AMetricField%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3AMF_SELECTION 7a Select the transparency level for transparent selections. The default value is 75%. You can select values from 10% to 90%.
9 817071161 69 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogues. Else another installed font is used.
2b svx%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_SELECTION b2 If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent colour. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colours.
9 817076758 64 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogues and icon labels.
9 817073698 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
9 817076288 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
27 SVX_CHECKBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_CB_SYSTEM_FONT 69 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogues. Else another installed font is used.
9 817073705 a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
30 svx%3ACheckBox%3AOFA_TP_VIEW%3ACB_USE_ANTIALIASE af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
9 817071167 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
19 .uno%3ARestoreEditingView 87 Specifies whether to restore the last used document view. Many view properties valid when the document was last saved will be restored.
9 817073695 54 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogues.
9 817073720 3a Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogues.
9 817071166 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
9 817073718 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
12 .uno%3ARefreshView 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
5 20201 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
9 817071164 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
23 SVX_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_VIEW_LB_ICONSIZE 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
9 576160788 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
9 576160277 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
9 576160259 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
9 576160778 a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
9 576160819 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
9 576163363 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 576160267 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
9 576160820 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
9 576160288 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
9 576160278 4a Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate colour.
9 576160802 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
9 576165911 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
9 576160808 39 Specifies that all colours are printed only as greyscale.
9 576160268 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
9 576160821 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
9 576160260 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
9 576160287 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
9 576160798 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 576160289 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
9 817862668 5c You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the list.
9 817862676 64 Specifies that objects which are larger than the selected megabytes will not be placed in the cache.
9 817857563 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
9 817862674 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
9 817864726 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
9 817862681 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
5 34894 23 Enter a name for the colour scheme.
9 704795140 48 Saves the current settings as a colour scheme that you can reload later.
9 704794115 2a Selects the colour scheme you want to use.
9 704795141 58 Deletes the colour scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
5 34893 33 Select the colours for the user interface elements.
9 704807948 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
9 704813061 35 Enter the number of seconds to display the Help tips.
9 704807945 6d Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system colour settings. This option only affects the screen display.
9 704807938 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
9 704807947 e1 Allows you to use assistive tools, such as external screen readers, Braille devices or speech recognition input devices. The Java Runtime Environment must be installed on your computer before you can enable assistive support.
9 704807949 5d Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background colour is very dark.
9 704807940 3f Hides the Help tips after the number of seconds that you enter.
9 704807943 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 704807944 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 703285251 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
9 703285263 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703286786 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
9 703285256 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703285254 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
9 703285253 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
9 703285259 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
9 703285262 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
5 34880 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
9 703285252 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
5 34881 47 Use this tab page to define the settings for searching in the Internet.
9 703332908 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703337015 39 Click this button to add a new configuration to the list.
9 703334447 46 The suffix provides the command sequence, sent at the end of a search.
9 703334446 7e This text box displays the URL and the first part of the query command for a search machine. A URL can also be typed directly.
9 703334441 30 Displays the name of the selected search engine.
9 703337013 4f Click this button to apply the modifications made to an existing configuration.
9 703335976 26 Displays the available search engines.
9 703332909 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703334448 75 If you type more than one word while running a search, these words will be separated by the character specified here.
9 703335985 2f Determines the case match for running a search.
9 703337016 2f Use this button to include a new search engine.
9 703337014 69 Click this button to delete the selected search engine from the list. There will be no security response.
9 703332907 6f Sets the advanced search preferences (and, or, exact) as well as the way the results are defined and displayed.
9 703255045 33 Opens a file dialogue to select the e-mail program.
9 703252484 27 Enter the e-mail program path and name.
9 736117762 c4 Enables the Browser Plug-in to show %PRODUCTNAME documents in a browser window. Select, click OK, then restart your browser. Then, in the browser window, click any %PRODUCTNAME document hyperlink.
a 1242498063 cd Select to see a warning dialogue when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
9 703988750 bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
9 703992338 29 Opens the Enter Master Password dialogue.
a 1242518028 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
a 1242518029 22 Removes all entries from the list.
a 1242498070 d8 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset button on File - Properties - General.
9 703992335 72 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialogue.
a 1311508501 26 Enter the master password to continue.
a 1311655959 20 Enter the master password again.
a 1242518030 53 Opens a dialogue where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
a 1242498065 6d Select to see a warning dialogue when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
a 1242498072 90 Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogues. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
9 703992341 22 Opens the Macro Security dialogue.
a 1242498067 95 Select to see a warning dialogue when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
9 703992332 32 Opens the "Security options and warning" dialogue.
a 1242498074 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
a 1242498061 7f Select to see a warning dialogue when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
a 1311655957 1a Enter the master password.
9 815405067 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815399959 d8 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialogue box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
9 815399957 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognised by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
9 815402537 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
9 815405059 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815405061 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815405071 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815399974 55 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document is exported as well.
9 815399967 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
9 815402535 32 Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.
9 815405069 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815399973 df Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialogue to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
9 815399958 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
9 815399968 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
9 815405063 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
9 815405065 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
5 10433 a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
9 878396453 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
9 878399065 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878399064 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396433 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396428 59 Enables the rulers. Use the following two check boxes to select the ruler(s) to be shown.
9 878396432 20 Displays the vertical scrollbar.
9 878396430 a4 Displays guides around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Guides while moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
9 878396418 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
9 878396420 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
9 878396439 dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
9 878399003 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
9 878396419 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
9 878396475 66 Displays the handles (the eight points on a delimiting rectangle) as simple squares without 3D effect.
9 878396440 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
9 878396441 4b Displays larger sized handles (the eight points on a delimiting rectangle).
5 20227 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
9 878396434 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
9 878396417 40 Specifies whether to display graphics and objects on the screen.
9 878396431 22 Displays the horizontal scrollbar.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
9 878429286 3f Specifies that the settings apply to the current document only.
9 878438000 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878432353 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
5 53193 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
9 878437997 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878432355 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
9 878432351 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
9 878432349 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
9 878437999 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878432347 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
9 878437998 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878437996 1f Specifies the size of the font.
9 878085207 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
3b .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
9 878084688 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
9 878085213 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
9 878085185 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
9 878085190 a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
9 878087766 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
9 878085189 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
9 878085184 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
30 SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_SINGLEJOBS 62 Specifies that each new print job will begin on a new page even if you are using a duplex printer.
9 878085181 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
9 878085260 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
2a SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_PTAB 3e Specifies whether the tables of the text document are printed.
2b SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_PDRAW 54 Specifies whether graphics created with $[officename] drawing functions are printed.
9 878085212 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
2d SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTPRINT_PAGE%3ACB_REVERSE 72 Specifies whether to reverse the printing order. The last page of the document will then be the first one printed.
9 878085187 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
40 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
5 53179 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
36 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
38 .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 96 Specifies whether to include colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
9 878582389 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
9 878576745 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognised and formatted as numbers.
9 878576249 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
9 878576251 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
9 878576744 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
9 878582384 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
9 878576746 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
9 878576250 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
9 878582386 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
1d .uno%3ATableNumberRecognition 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognised and formatted as numbers.
9 878582391 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
5 53199 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
5 20252 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognised and formatted as numbers.
9 878576742 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
9 878576741 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
9 878576743 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
9 878576749 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
9 878806025 178 Specifies whether user-defined delimiters are displayed. These are hidden delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Command+Hyphen(-) Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with user-defined delimiters are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a user-defined delimiter has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
9 878806018 1c Activates the direct cursor.
9 878806026 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
9 878806024 c6 Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as grey boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Command+Shift+Spacebar Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
9 878805510 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
9 878806028 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
9 878805509 101 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centred or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
9 878806021 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
9 878806023 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
9 878805511 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
9 878806022 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
9 878805512 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
9 878806027 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
9 878806077 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
5 53211 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
9 878806052 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
9 878874130 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
5 53217 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
9 878874116 ea You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874126 ea You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874124 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
9 878874121 ea You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
9 878874114 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
9 878874132 44 Specifies the colour for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
9 878874119 ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
9 878972435 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
9 878969357 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
9 878975510 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
9 878969356 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
9 958202370 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
9 958202372 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
9 878969873 be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
9 878969358 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
9 958202371 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
9 878969872 c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
5 53230 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
5 53251 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
9 546685992 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
9 879350288 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
9 878939664 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
9 878939676 1e Specifies the character style.
9 878940174 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
9 878938137 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
9 878939668 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
9 878938130 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
9 878939671 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
9 878937117 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
5 53801 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
9 703207438 4c Specify the number of intermediate points between grid points on the Y-axis.
9 703207945 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
9 703207437 4c Specify the number of intermediate points between grid points on the X-axis.
9 703202309 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
9 703202308 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
5 27323 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
5 33894 cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
9 703202312 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
9 703207948 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
5 27325 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
5 27322 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
12 .uno%3AGridVisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
5 26309 f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
14 .uno%3AScEditOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
5 10435 f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
9 958186551 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
9 958189086 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
9 958186520 dc Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colours, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulae in green, and number cells in blue, no matter how their display is formatted.
9 958189084 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
9 958189115 3e Specifies a colour for the grid lines in the current document.
9 958186549 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
9 958186571 c1 Specifies that each reference is highlighted in colour in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a coloured border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
9 958186563 73 Specifies whether to display the handles (the eight points on a selection box) as simple squares without 3D effect.
5 58892 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
9 958186548 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
5 26630 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
9 958186517 43 Specifies whether to show formulae instead of results in the cells.
9 958186550 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
9 958186531 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
9 958186529 f5 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighbouring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighbouring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
9 958186562 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
9 958186547 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
9 958189088 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
9 958186556 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
9 958186521 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
9 958186564 5e Specifies that larger than normal handles (the eight points on a selection box) are displayed.
9 958186519 d3 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialogue box.
9 958186518 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
9 958186553 3a Specifies whether to display grid lines between the cells.
9 958202951 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
9 958202953 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
9 958202954 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
9 958205502 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
9 958208577 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
9 958202957 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
9 958202959 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
13 .uno%3ASetInputMode 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
9 958205512 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
9 958202958 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
9 958202956 f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
9 956845569 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
9 956846596 111 Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialogue appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialogue to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
9 956846593 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
9 956844546 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
9 956846594 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
5 58880 9e All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialogue. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
9 956844035 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
a 1494368256 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
a 1494368769 56 Select the Columns option to summarise the contents of the selected columns in a list.
a 1494368771 50 Select the Rows option to summarise the contents of the selected rows in a list.
9 957257735 af Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the Standard number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
9 957252107 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
9 957252627 cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
9 957252623 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
9 957252609 b1 Specifies whether formulae with iterative references (formulae that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
9 957252105 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
9 957252106 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
9 957257732 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
9 957252625 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
9 957253637 ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
5 58879 fc Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets. Defines the behaviour of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalisation or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.
9 957252626 117 Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
9 957252628 68 Specifies that regular expressions are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
9 958369282 3a Specifies the colour to highlight deletions in a document.
9 958369283 3b Specifies the colour to highlight insertions in a document.
9 958369284 36 Specifies the colour to highlight moved cell contents.
5 58933 5e The Changes dialogue specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
9 958369281 32 Specifies the colour for changes of cell contents.
9 957481988 e7 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialogue or in the Format - Print Ranges dialogue. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
9 957481986 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
5 10434 ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
9 546653198 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
5 59789 26 Specifies the available display modes.
14 .uno%3AHelplinesMove 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
9 546653199 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
5 59770 26 Specifies the available display modes.
9 546653186 ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
9 546653185 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
5 27153 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
9 703202329 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
9 703207966 cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
11 .uno%3ASnapBorder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
9 703202338 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
5 59769 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
9 703207973 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
11 .uno%3ASnapPoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
9 703202331 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
5 27155 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
9 703202336 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
5 27156 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
9 703202332 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
5 27157 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
10 .uno%3ASnapFrame 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
5 27152 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
9 703202330 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
9 703202337 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
9 703207971 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
9 545866243 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
9 545866241 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
5 59768 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
9 545866245 35 Specifies that you want to print in original colours.
9 545866244 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
9 545866764 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
9 545866765 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
9 545866762 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
9 545866753 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
9 545866247 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
9 545866756 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
9 545866754 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
9 545866755 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
9 545866246 36 Specifies that you want to print colours as greyscale.
9 545866242 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
9 546685976 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
9 546685965 69 Specifies whether to automatically create a copy when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
5 59790 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
9 546688513 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
9 546685980 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
5 27158 5d Specifies whether to immediately switch to the text editing mode when clicking a text object.
9 546685971 a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
9 546685961 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
9 546689053 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
9 546685973 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
5 27159 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
9 546691588 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
9 546685958 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
9 546685977 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
9 546685978 4e Specifies that you always want a presentation to start with the current slide.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
5 10447 ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
5 10436 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
9 864666637 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
9 864672280 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
9 864666636 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
9 864666135 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
9 864666133 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
9 864665600 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
9 864666134 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
5 33124 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
9 864666655 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
9 864666635 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
9 705613314 37 Displays all the colours available for the data series.
9 705614341 4e Restores the colour settings that were defined when the program was installed.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_PBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_WBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
37 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_WBAS_CODE d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
36 svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_PBAS_STG 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
3a svx%3ACheckBox%3ARID_OFAPAGE_MSFILTEROPT%3ACB_EBAS_EXECTBL bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
5 34915 ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
9 817122824 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
9 817120267 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
9 817122826 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
9 817122822 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
9 817120271 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 817120284 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
9 817122835 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
9 817122833 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
9 817122847 c5 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogues, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
9 817120269 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 704744972 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
9 704743440 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
9 704741894 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
9 704743438 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
9 704742409 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
9 704741893 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
9 704741895 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
9 704741890 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
9 704741891 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
9 714474698 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474606 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474599 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474609 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474600 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474697 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474597 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474604 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474607 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474598 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474602 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474603 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474608 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474699 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474601 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474611 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474610 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 714474700 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
9 714474605 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
9 704840214 b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
9 704843296 ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
9 704840715 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
9 704840215 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
5 38947 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 815760391 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
9 815765513 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
9 815760386 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 815780370 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
9 815780366 3c Opens the Database Link dialogue to edit the selected entry.
5 34912 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
9 815780365 37 Opens the Database Link dialogue to create a new entry.
a 1352667649 3d Opens a file dialogue where you can select the database file.
a 1352665089 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
9 705659404 4c Click Yes, I am willing to participate … to enable the automatic feedback.
9 705659405 49 Click No, I do not wish to participate to disable the automatic feedback.
9 705663507 9d Click the button to show the currently collected data. This data will be sent next time, plus any data that gets collected until you end the current session.
5 34897 b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
9 704860692 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
9 704860693 29 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialogue.
9 704857099 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
9 704860694 1e Opens the Class Path dialogue.
a 1241764372 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
a 1241764373 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
a 1241763339 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
a 1241764374 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
a 1241745419 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
a 1241746965 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
a 1241747991 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
a 1241747980 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
9 553370117 c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
9 553370116 e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
9 553370114 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
9 553370115 bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
9 553390601 60 Opens a folder selection dialogue. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
9 553390596 41 Opens the View Certificate dialogue for the selected certificate.
9 553390597 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
9 553390602 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
9 553389576 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
5 43078 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
9 879364101 26 Enter your e-mail address for replies.
9 879366672 74 Opens the Server Authentication dialogue where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.
9 879364099 10 Enter your name.
9 879364107 1b Enter the SMTP server name.
9 879366677 46 Opens the Test Account Settings dialogue to test the current settings.
9 879364104 2c Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.
9 879363078 64 Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.
9 879368205 14 Enter the SMTP port.
9 879363086 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
9 705593870 27 A check will be performed once a month.
9 705594379 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
9 705593868 25 A check will be performed once a day.
9 705597967 1e A check will be performed now.
9 705593869 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
a 1427146812 28 Enter the user name for the IMAP server.
a 1427145778 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
a 1427145283 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
a 1427146807 28 Enter the user name for the SMTP server.
a 1427145284 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
a 1427150861 2a Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.
a 1427145268 50 Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.
a 1427146763 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
a 1427146816 13 Enter the password.
a 1427146809 25 Enter the password for the user name.
a 1427145267 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
a 1427132964 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
a 1427130914 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
5 54980 41 In the top list box you will see the results of the test session.
9 553339395 73 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue displays the location and the status of the certificate.
5 43074 73 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue displays the location and the status of the certificate.
5 43080 73 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue displays the location and the status of the certificate.
5 43073 66 The Details page of the View Certificate dialogue displays detailed information about the certificate.
9 553323010 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
5 43079 66 The Details page of the View Certificate dialogue displays detailed information about the certificate.
5 43072 63 The General page of the View Certificate dialogue displays basic information about the certificate.
5 63303 28 Inserts a new row below the current row.
5 63304 33 Inserts a new data series after the current column.
5 63305 44 Deletes the current row. It is not possible to delete the label row.
5 63367 20 Enter names for the data series.
5 63306 5e Deletes the current series or text column. It is not possible to delete the first text column.
5 63308 32 Switches the current row with its neighbour below.
12 .uno%3ADiagramData 40 Opens the Data Table dialogue where you can edit the chart data.
5 63307 3c Switches the current column with its neighbour at the right.
5 63309 56 Inserts a new text column after the current column for hierarchical axes descriptions.
12 .uno%3AToggleTitle 50 Click Title On/Off on the Formatting bar to show or hide the title and subtitle.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuTitles 3a Opens a dialogue to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisTitle 4e Click Axes Title On/Off on the Formatting bar to show or hide the axis labels.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuLegend 8b Opens the Legend dialogue, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.
5 63341 2d Positions the legend at the top of the chart.
5 63343 30 Positions the legend at the bottom of the chart.
13 .uno%3AToggleLegend 44 To show or hide a legend, click Legend On/Off on the Formatting bar.
5 63340 2e Positions the legend at the left of the chart.
9 551620100 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
5 63342 2f Positions the legend at the right of the chart.
5 63359 38 Displays the legend icons next to each data point label.
5 63398 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
5 63399 91 Enter the rotation angle for the data labels. A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
5 63395 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
5 63371 3d Selects the placement of data labels relative to the objects.
5 63358 21 Shows the data point text labels.
5 63355 30 Displays the absolute values of the data points.
5 63356 30 Displays the absolute values of the data points.
5 63368 2d Opens a dialogue to select the number format.
5 63370 48 Selects the separator between multiple text strings for the same object.
5 63369 31 Opens a dialogue to select the percentage format.
5 63357 3a Displays the percentage of the data points in each column.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuDataLabels 49 Opens the Data Labels dialogue, which enables you to set the data labels.
15 .uno%3AInsertMenuAxes 30 Specifies the axes to be displayed in the chart.
5 63332 29 Displays a secondary Y axis in the chart.
5 63328 30 Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
5 63331 29 Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.
5 63329 30 Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.
5 63330 30 Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.
5 63393 1f Shows only positive error bars.
5 63348 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
5 63391 be Enable to use the positive error values also as negative error values. You can only change the value of the "Positve (+)" box. That value gets copied to the "Negative (-)" box automatically.
5 63346 60 Variance: Displays the variance calculated from the number of data points and respective values.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuYErrorBars 42 Use the Y Error Bars dialogue to display error bars for 2D charts.
5 63350 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63351 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
5 63386 7c Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
5 63388 51 Enter the value to subtract from the displayed value as the negative error value.
5 63354 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63394 1f Shows only negative error bars.
5 63353 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
5 63382 2e Select a function to calculate the error bars.
5 63387 a3 Click a button to shrink the dialogue, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue to full size.
5 63383 6d Click Cell Range and then specify a cell range from which to take the positive and negative error bar values.
5 63352 97 Error Margin: Displays the highest error margin in percent according to the highest value of the data group. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
5 63291 1e Specifies the error indicator.
5 63392 27 Shows positive and negative error bars.
5 63349 97 Error Margin: Displays the highest error margin in percent according to the highest value of the data group. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
5 63385 4a Enter the value to add to the displayed value as the positive error value.
5 63345 1d Does not show any error bars.
5 63389 7c Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
5 63347 52 Standard Deviation: Displays the standard deviation (square root of the variance).
5 63390 a3 Click a button to shrink the dialogue, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue to full size.
5 63384 2e Select a function to calculate the error bars.
5 63378 23 An exponential trend line is shown.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuMeanValues 8c Mean Value Lines are special trend lines that show the mean value. Use Insert - Mean Value Lines to insert mean value lines for data series.
5 63377 22 A logarithmic trend line is shown.
5 63375 17 No trend line is shown.
5 63376 1d A linear trend line is shown.
5 63380 35 Shows the trend line equation next to the trend line.
5 63379 1c A power trend line is shown.
5 63381 3e Shows the coefficient of determination next to the trend line.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuTrendlines 71 Regression curves, also known as trend lines, can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.
1e .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquation 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
9 551748099 89 Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.
9 551748109 67 For a missing value, no data will be shown. This is the default for chart types Column, Bar, Line, Net.
9 551770113 70 Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.
9 551748617 8b For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.
9 551748111 76 For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbour values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
9 551748624 51 Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
9 551748098 54 This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.
9 551764993 ab The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
5 63374 151 Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
9 551748618 58 The bars from different data series are shown as if they were attached only to one axis.
9 551754245 3b Defines the necessary settings for overlapping data series.
9 551754244 33 Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.
9 551748110 60 For a missing value, the y-value will be shown as zero. This is the default for chart type Area.
5 63338 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
16 .uno%3AInsertMenuGrids ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
5 63337 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
19 .uno%3AToggleGridVertical c0 The Vertical Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis. Note: This only works if the X-axis Minor grid is not selected in Insert - Grids.
5 63339 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
1b .uno%3AToggleGridHorizontal c3 The Horizontal Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis. Note: This only works if the Minor grid check boxes in Insert - Grids are cleared.
16 .uno%3AFormatSelection 1c Formats the selected object.
d .uno%3AZTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
f .uno%3ASubTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
16 .uno%3ASecondaryYTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
16 .uno%3ASecondaryXTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
10 .uno%3AMainTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
d .uno%3AXTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
d .uno%3AYTitle 57 Modifies the properties of the selected title or the properties of all titles together.
10 .uno%3AAllTitles 57 Modifies the properties of the selected title or the properties of all titles together.
9 551944721 2b Automatically arranges numbers on the axis.
9 551944720 41 Stagger numbers on the axes, odd numbers lower than even numbers.
5 63396 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 551947796 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 551944719 42 Staggers numbers on the axis, even numbers lower than odd numbers.
9 551945227 39 Specifies that the text in cells may overlap other cells.
9 551947796 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
5 63397 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
9 551945228 14 Allows a text break.
5 63317 33 Allows you to manually enter the orientation angle.
5 63315 45 Clicking anywhere on the wheel defines the variable text orientation.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisDescr 5d The AxesTitle On/Off icon on the Formatting bar switches the labelling of all axes on or off.
9 551944718 2a Arranges numbers on the axis side by side.
5 63316 34 Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
9 551945217 32 Specifies whether to show or hide the axis labels.
d .uno%3ALegend 3f Defines the border, area and character attributes for a legend.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisA 91 Opens a dialogue where you can edit the properties of the secondary X axis. To insert a secondary X axis, choose Insert - Axes and select X axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisB 91 Opens a dialogue where you can edit the properties of the secondary Y axis. To insert a secondary Y axis, choose Insert - Axes and select Y axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisZ 49 Opens a dialogue, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisX 49 Opens a dialogue, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
15 .uno%3ADiagramAxisAll 49 Opens a dialogue, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisY 3e Opens the Y Axis dialogue, to change properties of the Y axis.
9 551666690 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551666691 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551666693 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551666693 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551670785 37 Defines the interval for the main division of the axes.
9 551666695 81 Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
9 551670788 41 Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.
9 551670786 32 Defines the maximum value for the end of the axis.
9 551666689 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551670787 38 Defines the minimum value for the beginning of the axis.
9 551672330 35 Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.
9 551670788 41 Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.
9 551666692 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
9 551666694 42 Specifies that you want the axis to be subdivided logarithmically.
9 551687171 40 Enter the value where the axis line should cross the other axis.
9 551685633 5f Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.
9 551683075 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
9 551685633 5f Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.
9 551686148 44 Select the category where the axis line should cross the other axis.
9 551683076 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551683074 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551686148 44 Select the category where the axis line should cross the other axis.
9 551685634 63 Select where to place the labels: near axis, near axis (other side), outside start, or outside end.
9 551683076 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551685638 4b Select where to place the marks: at labels, at axis, or at axis and labels.
9 551683077 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
9 551687171 40 Enter the value where the axis line should cross the other axis.
9 551685638 4b Select where to place the marks: at labels, at axis, or at axis and labels.
9 551683075 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
9 551683077 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
9 551683074 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
9 551685634 63 Select where to place the labels: near axis, near axis (other side), outside start, or outside end.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridZMain 35 Opens the Grid dialogue for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridYMain 35 Opens the Grid dialogue for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridYHelp 35 Opens the Grid dialogue for defining grid properties.
15 .uno%3ADiagramGridAll 35 Opens the Grid dialogue for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridXMain 35 Opens the Grid dialogue for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridXHelp 35 Opens the Grid dialogue for defining grid properties.
17 .uno%3ADiagramGridZHelp 35 Opens the Grid dialogue for defining grid properties.
12 .uno%3ADiagramWall a4 Opens the Chart Wall dialogue, where you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.
13 .uno%3ADiagramFloor b6 Opens the Chart Floor dialogue, where you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.
12 .uno%3ADiagramArea 98 Opens the Chart Area dialogue, where you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.
a 1088559617 1a Set the data points order.
a 1088553478 17 Apply a B-spline model.
a 1088553477 1b Apply a cubic spline model.
a 1088559618 13 Set the resolution.
9 551906826 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551879681 42 Shows borders around the areas by setting the line style to Solid.
9 551906824 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551906822 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551863297 bc Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.
9 551906818 2a Select a colour using the colour dialogue.
9 551906817 2a Select a colour using the colour dialogue.
9 551868929 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
9 551863298 101 If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.
9 551898625 26 Select a colour for the ambient light.
9 551906819 45 Click to enable or disable the specular light source with highlights.
9 551879682 3f Applies Gouraud shading if marked, or flat shading if unmarked.
9 551906825 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551906823 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551879683 18 Edges are rounded by 5%.
9 551898626 2e Select a colour for the selected light source.
9 551906820 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
9 551868932 bc Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.
9 551882242 49 Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.
9 551868931 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
9 551906821 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
d .uno%3AView3D a1 Opens a dialogue to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
9 551868930 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
5 63372 71 Enter a label for the secondary x-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary x-axis.
5 63362 2a Enter a label for the x-axis (horizontal).
5 63336 75 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
5 63341 2d Positions the legend to the top of the chart.
5 63343 30 Positions the legend to the bottom of the chart.
5 63360 1d Enter a title for your chart.
5 63364 59 Enter a label for the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
5 63363 28 Enter a label for the y-axis (vertical).
5 63373 71 Enter a label for the secondary y-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary y-axis.
5 63335 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the y-axis.
5 63334 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the x-axis.
5 63340 2e Positions the legend to the left of the chart.
5 63361 20 Enter a subtitle for your chart.
5 63342 2f Positions the legend to the right of the chart.
5 63366 20 Displays a legend in your chart.
5 63325 1d Select a shape from the list.
9 551781381 6a Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
9 551781379 28 Displays stacked series for Line charts.
5 63323 3b Set the number of lines for the Column and Line chart type.
5 63293 1a Select a basic chart type.
5 63365 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
5 63294 2a Select a sub type of the basic chart type.
9 551781378 26 Enables a 3D look for the data values.
12 .uno%3ADiagramType 1e Opens the Chart Type dialogue.
9 551783937 1b Select the type of 3D look.
9 551784961 2d Opens a dialogue to set the curve properties.
9 551780866 31 Stack series display values on top of each other.
9 551780867 27 Stack series display values as percent.
9 551781380 1e The lines are shown as curves.
11 .uno%3ADataRanges 4d Opens the Data Ranges dialogue where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.
9 551797249 d8 Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
9 551797761 10d For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
9 551808513 a3 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551797250 dc Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
9 551797762 11b For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
9 551798785 a3 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551848056 146 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
5 63295 a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
9 551850536 35 Removes the selected entry from the Data Series list.
9 551850646 36 Moves down the selected entry in the Data Series list.
5 63296 a1 Shows all the data ranges used by the data series that is selected in the Data Series list box. Each data range shows the role name and the source range address.
9 551848016 101 Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551850526 88 Adds a new entry below the current entry in the Data Series list. If an entry is selected, the new data series gets the same chart type.
9 551857794 146 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551857754 101 Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
9 551850636 34 Moves up the selected entry in the Data Series list.
11 .uno%3ADataInRows 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
14 .uno%3ADataInColumns 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
10 .uno%3AScaleText 45 Rescales the text in the chart when you change the size of the chart.
15 .uno%3ANewArrangement b6 Moves all chart elements to their default positions inside the current chart. This function does not alter the chart type or any other attributes other than the position of elements.
12 .uno%3AContextType 2c Displays the name of the current chart type.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMinorGrid 17 Deletes the minor grid.
12 .uno%3AFormatTitle 1b Formats the selected title.
16 .uno%3AInsertAxisTitle 29 Opens a dialogue to insert an axis title.
15 .uno%3AResetDataPoint 31 Resets the selected data point to default format.
1e .uno%3ADeleteTrendlineEquation 1f Deletes the trendline equation.
16 .uno%3AFormatChartArea 17 Formats the chart area.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockGain 22 Formats the stock gain indicators.
17 .uno%3AInsertDataLabels 14 Inserts data labels.
13 .uno%3AFormatLegend 19 Formats the chart legend.
16 .uno%3AInsertMinorGrid 15 Inserts a minor grid.
11 .uno%3AInsertAxis 23 Opens a dialogue to insert an axis.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 48 Inserts the trendline equation and the coefficient of determination R².
16 .uno%3AInsertMajorGrid 15 Inserts a major grid.
5 52971 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
17 .uno%3ADeleteYErrorBars 19 Deletes the Y error bars.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockLoss 22 Formats the stock loss indicators.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataLabels 18 Formats the data labels.
1e .uno%3AFormatTrendlineEquation 1f Formats the trendline equation.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
13 .uno%3ADeleteLegend 19 Deletes the chart legend.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataLabel 20 Formats the selected data label.
17 .uno%3AFormatYErrorBars 19 Formats the Y error bars.
17 .uno%3AInsertRemoveAxes 2a Opens a dialogue to insert or delete axes.
16 .uno%3AFormatTrendline 16 Formats the trendline.
5 10140 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
17 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabels 18 Deletes all data labels.
16 .uno%3AFormatMajorGrid 17 Formats the major grid.
11 .uno%3AFormatWall 17 Formats the chart wall.
16 .uno%3AFormatMinorGrid 17 Formats the minor grid.
19 .uno%3AResetAllDataPoints 29 Resets all data points to default format.
16 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabel 20 Deletes the selected data label.
10 .uno%3ADrawChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AStarChartDialog 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
13 .uno%3AInsertTitles 28 Opens a dialogue to insert chart titles.
16 .uno%3AFormatMeanValue 1c Formats the mean value line.
14 .uno%3AInsertR2Value 33 Inserts the coefficient of determination R² value.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMeanValue 1c Deletes the mean value line.
5 26071 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
12 .uno%3AFormatFloor 18 Formats the chart floor.
16 .uno%3AInsertDataLabel 1c Inserts a single data label.
11 .uno%3ADeleteAxis 1a Deletes the selected axis.
11 .uno%3AFormatAxis 1a Formats the selected axis.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataPoint 20 Formats the selected data point.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataSeries 18 Formats the data series.
14 .uno%3ADeleteR2Value 16 Deletes the R² value.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMajorGrid 17 Deletes the major grid.
1b .uno%3AChartElementSelector bb Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialogue for the selected element.
